1 /*
2  * CDDL HEADER START
3  *
4  * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5  * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6  * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
7  *
8  * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9  * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
10  * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11  * and limitations under the License.
12  *
13  * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14  * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15  * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16  * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17  * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
18  *
19  * CDDL HEADER END
20  */
21 
22 /*
23  * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24  * Copyright (c) 2011, 2018 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
25  * Copyright (c) 2015, Nexenta Systems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
26  * Copyright (c) 2013 Martin Matuska <[email protected]>. All rights reserved.
27  * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
28  * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
29  * Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com]
30  * Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome <[email protected]>
31  * Copyright 2018 Joyent, Inc.
32  * Copyright (c) 2017 Datto Inc.
33  * Copyright 2018 OmniOS Community Edition (OmniOSce) Association.
34  */
35 
36 /*
37  * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
38  *
39  * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
40  * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
41  * pool.
42  */
43 
44 #include <sys/zfs_context.h>
45 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
46 #include <sys/spa_impl.h>
47 #include <sys/zio.h>
48 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
49 #include <sys/dmu.h>
50 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
51 #include <sys/zap.h>
52 #include <sys/zil.h>
53 #include <sys/ddt.h>
54 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
55 #include <sys/vdev_removal.h>
56 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_mapping.h>
57 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_births.h>
58 #include <sys/vdev_initialize.h>
59 #include <sys/metaslab.h>
60 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
61 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
62 #include <sys/txg.h>
63 #include <sys/avl.h>
64 #include <sys/bpobj.h>
65 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
66 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
67 #include <sys/unique.h>
68 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
69 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
70 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
71 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
72 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
73 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
74 #include <sys/arc.h>
75 #include <sys/callb.h>
76 #include <sys/spa_boot.h>
77 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
78 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
79 #include <sys/dmu_send.h>
80 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
81 #include <sys/dsl_userhold.h>
82 #include <sys/zfeature.h>
83 #include <sys/zvol.h>
84 #include <sys/trim_map.h>
85 #include <sys/abd.h>
86 
87 #ifdef	_KERNEL
88 #include <sys/callb.h>
89 #include <sys/cpupart.h>
90 #include <sys/zone.h>
91 #endif	/* _KERNEL */
92 
93 #include "zfs_prop.h"
94 #include "zfs_comutil.h"
95 
96 /* Check hostid on import? */
97 static int check_hostid = 1;
98 
99 /*
100  * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes
101  * should be retried.
102  */
103 int zfs_ccw_retry_interval = 300;
104 
105 SYSCTL_DECL(_vfs_zfs);
106 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, check_hostid, CTLFLAG_RWTUN, &check_hostid, 0,
107     "Check hostid on import?");
108 TUNABLE_INT("vfs.zfs.ccw_retry_interval", &zfs_ccw_retry_interval);
109 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, ccw_retry_interval, CTLFLAG_RW,
110     &zfs_ccw_retry_interval, 0,
111     "Configuration cache file write, retry after failure, interval (seconds)");
112 
113 typedef enum zti_modes {
114 	ZTI_MODE_FIXED,			/* value is # of threads (min 1) */
115 	ZTI_MODE_BATCH,			/* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */
116 	ZTI_MODE_NULL,			/* don't create a taskq */
117 	ZTI_NMODES
118 } zti_modes_t;
119 
120 #define	ZTI_P(n, q)	{ ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
121 #define	ZTI_BATCH	{ ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 }
122 #define	ZTI_NULL	{ ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
123 
124 #define	ZTI_N(n)	ZTI_P(n, 1)
125 #define	ZTI_ONE		ZTI_N(1)
126 
127 typedef struct zio_taskq_info {
128 	zti_modes_t zti_mode;
129 	uint_t zti_value;
130 	uint_t zti_count;
131 } zio_taskq_info_t;
132 
133 static const char *const zio_taskq_types[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
134 	"issue", "issue_high", "intr", "intr_high"
135 };
136 
137 /*
138  * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
139  * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
140  * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
141  * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
142  * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH
143  * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
144  * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a a
145  * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
146  * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
147  * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
148  * particular taskq is chosen at random.
149  *
150  * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
151  * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
152  * need to be handled with minimum delay.
153  */
154 const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs[ZIO_TYPES][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
155 	/* ISSUE	ISSUE_HIGH	INTR		INTR_HIGH */
156 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* NULL */
157 	{ ZTI_N(8),	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_P(12, 8),	ZTI_NULL }, /* READ */
158 	{ ZTI_BATCH,	ZTI_N(5),	ZTI_N(8),	ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
159 	{ ZTI_P(12, 8),	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* FREE */
160 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* CLAIM */
161 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* IOCTL */
162 };
163 
164 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
165 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
166 static boolean_t spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa);
167 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport);
168 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa);
169 
170 uint_t		zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75;	/* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
171 #ifdef PSRSET_BIND
172 id_t		zio_taskq_psrset_bind = PS_NONE;
173 #endif
174 #ifdef SYSDC
175 boolean_t	zio_taskq_sysdc = B_TRUE;	/* use SDC scheduling class */
176 uint_t		zio_taskq_basedc = 80;		/* base duty cycle */
177 #endif
178 
179 boolean_t	spa_create_process = B_TRUE;	/* no process ==> no sysdc */
180 extern int	zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free;
181 
182 /*
183  * Report any spa_load_verify errors found, but do not fail spa_load.
184  * This is used by zdb to analyze non-idle pools.
185  */
186 boolean_t	spa_load_verify_dryrun = B_FALSE;
187 
188 /*
189  * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
190  * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
191  */
192 #define	TRYIMPORT_NAME	"$import"
193 
194 /*
195  * For debugging purposes: print out vdev tree during pool import.
196  */
197 int	spa_load_print_vdev_tree = B_FALSE;
198 
199 /*
200  * A non-zero value for zfs_max_missing_tvds means that we allow importing
201  * pools with missing top-level vdevs. This is strictly intended for advanced
202  * pool recovery cases since missing data is almost inevitable. Pools with
203  * missing devices can only be imported read-only for safety reasons, and their
204  * fail-mode will be automatically set to "continue".
205  *
206  * With 1 missing vdev we should be able to import the pool and mount all
207  * datasets. User data that was not modified after the missing device has been
208  * added should be recoverable. This means that snapshots created prior to the
209  * addition of that device should be completely intact.
210  *
211  * With 2 missing vdevs, some datasets may fail to mount since there are
212  * dataset statistics that are stored as regular metadata. Some data might be
213  * recoverable if those vdevs were added recently.
214  *
215  * With 3 or more missing vdevs, the pool is severely damaged and MOS entries
216  * may be missing entirely. Chances of data recovery are very low. Note that
217  * there are also risks of performing an inadvertent rewind as we might be
218  * missing all the vdevs with the latest uberblocks.
219  */
220 uint64_t	zfs_max_missing_tvds = 0;
221 
222 /*
223  * The parameters below are similar to zfs_max_missing_tvds but are only
224  * intended for a preliminary open of the pool with an untrusted config which
225  * might be incomplete or out-dated.
226  *
227  * We are more tolerant for pools opened from a cachefile since we could have
228  * an out-dated cachefile where a device removal was not registered.
229  * We could have set the limit arbitrarily high but in the case where devices
230  * are really missing we would want to return the proper error codes; we chose
231  * SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1 so that some copies of the MOS would still be available
232  * and we get a chance to retrieve the trusted config.
233  */
234 uint64_t	zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1;
235 
236 /*
237  * In the case where config was assembled by scanning device paths (/dev/dsks
238  * by default) we are less tolerant since all the existing devices should have
239  * been detected and we want spa_load to return the right error codes.
240  */
241 uint64_t	zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan = 0;
242 
243 
244 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_print_vdev_tree, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
245     &spa_load_print_vdev_tree, 0,
246     "print out vdev tree during pool import");
247 SYSCTL_UQUAD(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, max_missing_tvds, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
248     &zfs_max_missing_tvds, 0,
249     "allow importing pools with missing top-level vdevs");
250 SYSCTL_UQUAD(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, max_missing_tvds_cachefile, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
251     &zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile, 0,
252     "allow importing pools with missing top-level vdevs in cache file");
253 SYSCTL_UQUAD(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, max_missing_tvds_scan, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
254     &zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan, 0,
255     "allow importing pools with missing top-level vdevs during scan");
256 
257 /*
258  * Debugging aid that pauses spa_sync() towards the end.
259  */
260 boolean_t	zfs_pause_spa_sync = B_FALSE;
261 
262 /*
263  * ==========================================================================
264  * SPA properties routines
265  * ==========================================================================
266  */
267 
268 /*
269  * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
270  */
271 static void
spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t * nvl,zpool_prop_t prop,char * strval,uint64_t intval,zprop_source_t src)272 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t *nvl, zpool_prop_t prop, char *strval,
273     uint64_t intval, zprop_source_t src)
274 {
275 	const char *propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
276 	nvlist_t *propval;
277 
278 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&propval, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
279 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_SOURCE, src) == 0);
280 
281 	if (strval != NULL)
282 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, strval) == 0);
283 	else
284 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, intval) == 0);
285 
286 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvl, propname, propval) == 0);
287 	nvlist_free(propval);
288 }
289 
290 /*
291  * Get property values from the spa configuration.
292  */
293 static void
spa_prop_get_config(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t ** nvp)294 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
295 {
296 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
297 	dsl_pool_t *pool = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
298 	uint64_t size, alloc, cap, version;
299 	zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_NONE;
300 	spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
301 	metaslab_class_t *mc = spa_normal_class(spa);
302 
303 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_props_lock));
304 
305 	if (rvd != NULL) {
306 		alloc = metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_normal_class(spa));
307 		size = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
308 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME, spa_name(spa), 0, src);
309 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE, NULL, size, src);
310 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED, NULL, alloc, src);
311 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE, NULL,
312 		    size - alloc, src);
313 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CHECKPOINT, NULL,
314 		    spa->spa_checkpoint_info.sci_dspace, src);
315 
316 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION, NULL,
317 		    metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc), src);
318 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ, NULL,
319 		    metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc), src);
320 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY, NULL,
321 		    (spa_mode(spa) == FREAD), src);
322 
323 		cap = (size == 0) ? 0 : (alloc * 100 / size);
324 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY, NULL, cap, src);
325 
326 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO, NULL,
327 		    ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa), src);
328 
329 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH, NULL,
330 		    rvd->vdev_state, src);
331 
332 		version = spa_version(spa);
333 		if (version == zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION))
334 			src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
335 		else
336 			src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
337 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION, NULL, version, src);
338 	}
339 
340 	if (pool != NULL) {
341 		/*
342 		 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
343 		 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
344 		 */
345 		if (pool->dp_free_dir != NULL) {
346 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING, NULL,
347 			    dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_free_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
348 			    src);
349 		} else {
350 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING,
351 			    NULL, 0, src);
352 		}
353 
354 		if (pool->dp_leak_dir != NULL) {
355 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED, NULL,
356 			    dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_leak_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
357 			    src);
358 		} else {
359 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED,
360 			    NULL, 0, src);
361 		}
362 	}
363 
364 	spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID, NULL, spa_guid(spa), src);
365 
366 	if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
367 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT, spa->spa_comment,
368 		    0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
369 	}
370 
371 	if (spa->spa_root != NULL)
372 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT, spa->spa_root,
373 		    0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
374 
375 	if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS)) {
376 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
377 		    MIN(zfs_max_recordsize, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE), ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
378 	} else {
379 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
380 		    SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
381 	}
382 
383 	if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE)) {
384 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE, NULL,
385 		    DNODE_MAX_SIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
386 	} else {
387 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE, NULL,
388 		    DNODE_MIN_SIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
389 	}
390 
391 	if ((dp = list_head(&spa->spa_config_list)) != NULL) {
392 		if (dp->scd_path == NULL) {
393 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
394 			    "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
395 		} else if (strcmp(dp->scd_path, spa_config_path) != 0) {
396 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
397 			    dp->scd_path, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
398 		}
399 	}
400 }
401 
402 /*
403  * Get zpool property values.
404  */
405 int
spa_prop_get(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t ** nvp)406 spa_prop_get(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
407 {
408 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
409 	zap_cursor_t zc;
410 	zap_attribute_t za;
411 	int err;
412 
413 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(nvp, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
414 
415 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
416 
417 	/*
418 	 * Get properties from the spa config.
419 	 */
420 	spa_prop_get_config(spa, nvp);
421 
422 	/* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
423 	if (mos == NULL || spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
424 		mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
425 		return (0);
426 	}
427 
428 	/*
429 	 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
430 	 */
431 	for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object);
432 	    (err = zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za)) == 0;
433 	    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
434 		uint64_t intval = 0;
435 		char *strval = NULL;
436 		zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
437 		zpool_prop_t prop;
438 
439 		if ((prop = zpool_name_to_prop(za.za_name)) == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL)
440 			continue;
441 
442 		switch (za.za_integer_length) {
443 		case 8:
444 			/* integer property */
445 			if (za.za_first_integer !=
446 			    zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop))
447 				src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
448 
449 			if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS) {
450 				dsl_pool_t *dp;
451 				dsl_dataset_t *ds = NULL;
452 
453 				dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
454 				dsl_pool_config_enter(dp, FTAG);
455 				err = dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp,
456 				    za.za_first_integer, FTAG, &ds);
457 				if (err != 0) {
458 					dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
459 					break;
460 				}
461 
462 				strval = kmem_alloc(ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN,
463 				    KM_SLEEP);
464 				dsl_dataset_name(ds, strval);
465 				dsl_dataset_rele(ds, FTAG);
466 				dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
467 			} else {
468 				strval = NULL;
469 				intval = za.za_first_integer;
470 			}
471 
472 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, intval, src);
473 
474 			if (strval != NULL)
475 				kmem_free(strval, ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN);
476 
477 			break;
478 
479 		case 1:
480 			/* string property */
481 			strval = kmem_alloc(za.za_num_integers, KM_SLEEP);
482 			err = zap_lookup(mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
483 			    za.za_name, 1, za.za_num_integers, strval);
484 			if (err) {
485 				kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
486 				break;
487 			}
488 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, 0, src);
489 			kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
490 			break;
491 
492 		default:
493 			break;
494 		}
495 	}
496 	zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
497 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
498 out:
499 	if (err && err != ENOENT) {
500 		nvlist_free(*nvp);
501 		*nvp = NULL;
502 		return (err);
503 	}
504 
505 	return (0);
506 }
507 
508 /*
509  * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
510  * for the property values to be set.
511  */
512 static int
spa_prop_validate(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * props)513 spa_prop_validate(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *props)
514 {
515 	nvpair_t *elem;
516 	int error = 0, reset_bootfs = 0;
517 	uint64_t objnum = 0;
518 	boolean_t has_feature = B_FALSE;
519 
520 	elem = NULL;
521 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) != NULL) {
522 		uint64_t intval;
523 		char *strval, *slash, *check, *fname;
524 		const char *propname = nvpair_name(elem);
525 		zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(propname);
526 
527 		switch (prop) {
528 		case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL:
529 			if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname)) {
530 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
531 				break;
532 			}
533 
534 			/*
535 			 * Sanitize the input.
536 			 */
537 			if (nvpair_type(elem) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
538 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
539 				break;
540 			}
541 
542 			if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval) != 0) {
543 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
544 				break;
545 			}
546 
547 			if (intval != 0) {
548 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
549 				break;
550 			}
551 
552 			fname = strchr(propname, '@') + 1;
553 			if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname, NULL) != 0) {
554 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
555 				break;
556 			}
557 
558 			has_feature = B_TRUE;
559 			break;
560 
561 		case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
562 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
563 			if (!error &&
564 			    (intval < spa_version(spa) ||
565 			    intval > SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES ||
566 			    has_feature))
567 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
568 			break;
569 
570 		case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
571 		case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE:
572 		case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS:
573 		case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
574 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
575 			if (!error && intval > 1)
576 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
577 			break;
578 
579 		case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
580 			/*
581 			 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
582 			 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
583 			 * the bootfs property cannot be set.
584 			 */
585 			if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS) {
586 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
587 				break;
588 			}
589 
590 			/*
591 			 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable
592 			 */
593 			if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa->spa_root_vdev)) {
594 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
595 				break;
596 			}
597 
598 			reset_bootfs = 1;
599 
600 			error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval);
601 
602 			if (!error) {
603 				objset_t *os;
604 				uint64_t propval;
605 
606 				if (strval == NULL || strval[0] == '\0') {
607 					objnum = zpool_prop_default_numeric(
608 					    ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
609 					break;
610 				}
611 
612 				error = dmu_objset_hold(strval, FTAG, &os);
613 				if (error != 0)
614 					break;
615 
616 				/*
617 				 * Must be ZPL, and its property settings
618 				 * must be supported.
619 				 */
620 
621 				if (dmu_objset_type(os) != DMU_OST_ZFS) {
622 					error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
623 				} else if ((error =
624 				    dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os),
625 				    zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_COMPRESSION),
626 				    &propval)) == 0 &&
627 				    !BOOTFS_COMPRESS_VALID(propval)) {
628 					error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
629 				} else {
630 					objnum = dmu_objset_id(os);
631 				}
632 				dmu_objset_rele(os, FTAG);
633 			}
634 			break;
635 
636 		case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
637 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
638 			if (!error && (intval < ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_WAIT ||
639 			    intval > ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC))
640 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
641 
642 			/*
643 			 * This is a special case which only occurs when
644 			 * the pool has completely failed. This allows
645 			 * the user to change the in-core failmode property
646 			 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
647 			 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning
648 			 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
649 			 * into thinking we encountered a property validation
650 			 * error.
651 			 */
652 			if (!error && spa_suspended(spa)) {
653 				spa->spa_failmode = intval;
654 				error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
655 			}
656 			break;
657 
658 		case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
659 			if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
660 				break;
661 
662 			if (strval[0] == '\0')
663 				break;
664 
665 			if (strcmp(strval, "none") == 0)
666 				break;
667 
668 			if (strval[0] != '/') {
669 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
670 				break;
671 			}
672 
673 			slash = strrchr(strval, '/');
674 			ASSERT(slash != NULL);
675 
676 			if (slash[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash, "/.") == 0 ||
677 			    strcmp(slash, "/..") == 0)
678 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
679 			break;
680 
681 		case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
682 			if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
683 				break;
684 			for (check = strval; *check != '\0'; check++) {
685 				/*
686 				 * The kernel doesn't have an easy isprint()
687 				 * check.  For this kernel check, we merely
688 				 * check ASCII apart from DEL.  Fix this if
689 				 * there is an easy-to-use kernel isprint().
690 				 */
691 				if (*check >= 0x7f) {
692 					error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
693 					break;
694 				}
695 			}
696 			if (strlen(strval) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT)
697 				error = E2BIG;
698 			break;
699 
700 		case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO:
701 			if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_DEDUP)
702 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
703 			else
704 				error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
705 			if (error == 0 &&
706 			    intval != 0 && intval < ZIO_DEDUPDITTO_MIN)
707 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
708 			break;
709 		}
710 
711 		if (error)
712 			break;
713 	}
714 
715 	if (!error && reset_bootfs) {
716 		error = nvlist_remove(props,
717 		    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), DATA_TYPE_STRING);
718 
719 		if (!error) {
720 			error = nvlist_add_uint64(props,
721 			    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), objnum);
722 		}
723 	}
724 
725 	return (error);
726 }
727 
728 void
spa_configfile_set(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvp,boolean_t need_sync)729 spa_configfile_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp, boolean_t need_sync)
730 {
731 	char *cachefile;
732 	spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
733 
734 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE),
735 	    &cachefile) != 0)
736 		return;
737 
738 	dp = kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t),
739 	    KM_SLEEP);
740 
741 	if (cachefile[0] == '\0')
742 		dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(spa_config_path);
743 	else if (strcmp(cachefile, "none") == 0)
744 		dp->scd_path = NULL;
745 	else
746 		dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(cachefile);
747 
748 	list_insert_head(&spa->spa_config_list, dp);
749 	if (need_sync)
750 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
751 }
752 
753 int
spa_prop_set(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvp)754 spa_prop_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp)
755 {
756 	int error;
757 	nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
758 	boolean_t need_sync = B_FALSE;
759 
760 	if ((error = spa_prop_validate(spa, nvp)) != 0)
761 		return (error);
762 
763 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem)) != NULL) {
764 		zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem));
765 
766 		if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE ||
767 		    prop == ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT ||
768 		    prop == ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY)
769 			continue;
770 
771 		if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION || prop == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL) {
772 			uint64_t ver;
773 
774 			if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION) {
775 				VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &ver) == 0);
776 			} else {
777 				ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
778 				ver = SPA_VERSION_FEATURES;
779 				need_sync = B_TRUE;
780 			}
781 
782 			/* Save time if the version is already set. */
783 			if (ver == spa_version(spa))
784 				continue;
785 
786 			/*
787 			 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might
788 			 * create the pool properties object, the features for
789 			 * read object, the features for write object, or the
790 			 * feature descriptions object.
791 			 */
792 			error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL,
793 			    spa_sync_version, &ver,
794 			    6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
795 			if (error)
796 				return (error);
797 			continue;
798 		}
799 
800 		need_sync = B_TRUE;
801 		break;
802 	}
803 
804 	if (need_sync) {
805 		return (dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL, spa_sync_props,
806 		    nvp, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED));
807 	}
808 
809 	return (0);
810 }
811 
812 /*
813  * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
814  */
815 void
spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t * spa,uint64_t dsobj,dmu_tx_t * tx)816 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t *spa, uint64_t dsobj, dmu_tx_t *tx)
817 {
818 	if (spa->spa_bootfs == dsobj && spa->spa_pool_props_object != 0) {
819 		VERIFY(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset,
820 		    spa->spa_pool_props_object,
821 		    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), tx) == 0);
822 		spa->spa_bootfs = 0;
823 	}
824 }
825 
826 /*ARGSUSED*/
827 static int
spa_change_guid_check(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)828 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
829 {
830 	uint64_t *newguid = arg;
831 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
832 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
833 	uint64_t vdev_state;
834 
835 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
836 		int error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
837 		    ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
838 		return (SET_ERROR(error));
839 	}
840 
841 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
842 	vdev_state = rvd->vdev_state;
843 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
844 
845 	if (vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY)
846 		return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
847 
848 	ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa), !=, *newguid);
849 
850 	return (0);
851 }
852 
853 static void
spa_change_guid_sync(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)854 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
855 {
856 	uint64_t *newguid = arg;
857 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
858 	uint64_t oldguid;
859 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
860 
861 	oldguid = spa_guid(spa);
862 
863 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
864 	rvd->vdev_guid = *newguid;
865 	rvd->vdev_guid_sum += (*newguid - oldguid);
866 	vdev_config_dirty(rvd);
867 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
868 
869 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "guid change", tx, "old=%llu new=%llu",
870 	    oldguid, *newguid);
871 }
872 
873 /*
874  * Change the GUID for the pool.  This is done so that we can later
875  * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs.  We will modify
876  * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
877  * vdevs dirty.  Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
878  * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
879  * would be orphaned from our pool.  We are also going to issue a
880  * sysevent to update any watchers.
881  */
882 int
spa_change_guid(spa_t * spa)883 spa_change_guid(spa_t *spa)
884 {
885 	int error;
886 	uint64_t guid;
887 
888 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
889 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
890 	guid = spa_generate_guid(NULL);
891 
892 	error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, spa_change_guid_check,
893 	    spa_change_guid_sync, &guid, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
894 
895 	if (error == 0) {
896 		spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
897 		spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID);
898 	}
899 
900 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
901 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
902 
903 	return (error);
904 }
905 
906 /*
907  * ==========================================================================
908  * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
909  * ==========================================================================
910  */
911 
912 static int
spa_error_entry_compare(const void * a,const void * b)913 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
914 {
915 	const spa_error_entry_t *sa = (const spa_error_entry_t *)a;
916 	const spa_error_entry_t *sb = (const spa_error_entry_t *)b;
917 	int ret;
918 
919 	ret = memcmp(&sa->se_bookmark, &sb->se_bookmark,
920 	    sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t));
921 
922 	return (AVL_ISIGN(ret));
923 }
924 
925 /*
926  * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
927  * re-initializes them in the process.
928  */
929 void
spa_get_errlists(spa_t * spa,avl_tree_t * last,avl_tree_t * scrub)930 spa_get_errlists(spa_t *spa, avl_tree_t *last, avl_tree_t *scrub)
931 {
932 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_errlist_lock));
933 
934 	bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_last, last, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
935 	bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub, scrub, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
936 
937 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
938 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
939 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
940 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
941 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
942 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
943 }
944 
945 static void
spa_taskqs_init(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q)946 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
947 {
948 	const zio_taskq_info_t *ztip = &zio_taskqs[t][q];
949 	enum zti_modes mode = ztip->zti_mode;
950 	uint_t value = ztip->zti_value;
951 	uint_t count = ztip->zti_count;
952 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
953 	char name[32];
954 	uint_t flags = 0;
955 	boolean_t batch = B_FALSE;
956 
957 	if (mode == ZTI_MODE_NULL) {
958 		tqs->stqs_count = 0;
959 		tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
960 		return;
961 	}
962 
963 	ASSERT3U(count, >, 0);
964 
965 	tqs->stqs_count = count;
966 	tqs->stqs_taskq = kmem_alloc(count * sizeof (taskq_t *), KM_SLEEP);
967 
968 	switch (mode) {
969 	case ZTI_MODE_FIXED:
970 		ASSERT3U(value, >=, 1);
971 		value = MAX(value, 1);
972 		break;
973 
974 	case ZTI_MODE_BATCH:
975 		batch = B_TRUE;
976 		flags |= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT;
977 		value = zio_taskq_batch_pct;
978 		break;
979 
980 	default:
981 		panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
982 		    "spa_activate()",
983 		    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], mode, value);
984 		break;
985 	}
986 
987 	for (uint_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
988 		taskq_t *tq;
989 
990 		if (count > 1) {
991 			(void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s_%u",
992 			    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], i);
993 		} else {
994 			(void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s",
995 			    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q]);
996 		}
997 
998 #ifdef SYSDC
999 		if (zio_taskq_sysdc && spa->spa_proc != &p0) {
1000 			if (batch)
1001 				flags |= TASKQ_DC_BATCH;
1002 
1003 			tq = taskq_create_sysdc(name, value, 50, INT_MAX,
1004 			    spa->spa_proc, zio_taskq_basedc, flags);
1005 		} else {
1006 #endif
1007 			pri_t pri = maxclsyspri;
1008 			/*
1009 			 * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU
1010 			 * intensive.  Run it at slightly lower priority
1011 			 * than the other taskqs.
1012 			 * FreeBSD notes:
1013 			 * - numerically higher priorities are lower priorities;
1014 			 * - if priorities divided by four (RQ_PPQ) are equal
1015 			 *   then a difference between them is insignificant.
1016 			 */
1017 			if (t == ZIO_TYPE_WRITE && q == ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE)
1018 #ifdef illumos
1019 				pri--;
1020 #else
1021 				pri += 4;
1022 #endif
1023 
1024 			tq = taskq_create_proc(name, value, pri, 50,
1025 			    INT_MAX, spa->spa_proc, flags);
1026 #ifdef SYSDC
1027 		}
1028 #endif
1029 
1030 		tqs->stqs_taskq[i] = tq;
1031 	}
1032 }
1033 
1034 static void
spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q)1035 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
1036 {
1037 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
1038 
1039 	if (tqs->stqs_taskq == NULL) {
1040 		ASSERT0(tqs->stqs_count);
1041 		return;
1042 	}
1043 
1044 	for (uint_t i = 0; i < tqs->stqs_count; i++) {
1045 		ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq[i], !=, NULL);
1046 		taskq_destroy(tqs->stqs_taskq[i]);
1047 	}
1048 
1049 	kmem_free(tqs->stqs_taskq, tqs->stqs_count * sizeof (taskq_t *));
1050 	tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
1051 }
1052 
1053 /*
1054  * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
1055  * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
1056  * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using
1057  * the low bits of gethrtime().
1058  */
1059 void
spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q,task_func_t * func,void * arg,uint_t flags,taskq_ent_t * ent)1060 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q,
1061     task_func_t *func, void *arg, uint_t flags, taskq_ent_t *ent)
1062 {
1063 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
1064 	taskq_t *tq;
1065 
1066 	ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq, !=, NULL);
1067 	ASSERT3U(tqs->stqs_count, !=, 0);
1068 
1069 	if (tqs->stqs_count == 1) {
1070 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[0];
1071 	} else {
1072 #ifdef _KERNEL
1073 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[(u_int)(sbinuptime() + curcpu) %
1074 		    tqs->stqs_count];
1075 #else
1076 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[gethrtime() % tqs->stqs_count];
1077 #endif
1078 	}
1079 
1080 	taskq_dispatch_ent(tq, func, arg, flags, ent);
1081 }
1082 
1083 static void
spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t * spa)1084 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t *spa)
1085 {
1086 	for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
1087 		for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
1088 			spa_taskqs_init(spa, t, q);
1089 		}
1090 	}
1091 }
1092 
1093 #ifdef _KERNEL
1094 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
1095 static void
spa_thread(void * arg)1096 spa_thread(void *arg)
1097 {
1098 	callb_cpr_t cprinfo;
1099 
1100 	spa_t *spa = arg;
1101 	user_t *pu = PTOU(curproc);
1102 
1103 	CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock, callb_generic_cpr,
1104 	    spa->spa_name);
1105 
1106 	ASSERT(curproc != &p0);
1107 	(void) snprintf(pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_psargs),
1108 	    "zpool-%s", spa->spa_name);
1109 	(void) strlcpy(pu->u_comm, pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_comm));
1110 
1111 #ifdef PSRSET_BIND
1112 	/* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
1113 	if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind != PS_NONE) {
1114 		pool_lock();
1115 		mutex_enter(&cpu_lock);
1116 		mutex_enter(&pidlock);
1117 		mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
1118 
1119 		if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread, zio_taskq_psrset_bind,
1120 		    0, NULL, NULL) == 0)  {
1121 			curthread->t_bind_pset = zio_taskq_psrset_bind;
1122 		} else {
1123 			cmn_err(CE_WARN,
1124 			    "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
1125 			    "pset %d\n", spa->spa_name, zio_taskq_psrset_bind);
1126 		}
1127 
1128 		mutex_exit(&curproc->p_lock);
1129 		mutex_exit(&pidlock);
1130 		mutex_exit(&cpu_lock);
1131 		pool_unlock();
1132 	}
1133 #endif
1134 
1135 #ifdef SYSDC
1136 	if (zio_taskq_sysdc) {
1137 		sysdc_thread_enter(curthread, 100, 0);
1138 	}
1139 #endif
1140 
1141 	spa->spa_proc = curproc;
1142 	spa->spa_did = curthread->t_did;
1143 
1144 	spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
1145 
1146 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1147 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED);
1148 
1149 	spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_ACTIVE;
1150 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1151 
1152 	CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo);
1153 	while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE)
1154 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1155 	CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1156 
1157 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE);
1158 	spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_GONE;
1159 	spa->spa_proc = &p0;
1160 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1161 	CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo);	/* drops spa_proc_lock */
1162 
1163 	mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
1164 	lwp_exit();
1165 }
1166 #endif	/* SPA_PROCESS */
1167 #endif
1168 
1169 /*
1170  * Activate an uninitialized pool.
1171  */
1172 static void
spa_activate(spa_t * spa,int mode)1173 spa_activate(spa_t *spa, int mode)
1174 {
1175 	ASSERT(spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1176 
1177 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
1178 	spa->spa_mode = mode;
1179 
1180 	spa->spa_normal_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1181 	spa->spa_log_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1182 
1183 	/* Try to create a covering process */
1184 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1185 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_NONE);
1186 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1187 	spa->spa_did = 0;
1188 
1189 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
1190 	/* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
1191 	if (spa_create_process && strcmp(spa->spa_name, TRYIMPORT_NAME) != 0) {
1192 		if (newproc(spa_thread, (caddr_t)spa, syscid, maxclsyspri,
1193 		    NULL, 0) == 0) {
1194 			spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_CREATED;
1195 			while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED) {
1196 				cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv,
1197 				    &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1198 			}
1199 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
1200 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
1201 			ASSERT(spa->spa_did != 0);
1202 		} else {
1203 #ifdef _KERNEL
1204 			cmn_err(CE_WARN,
1205 			    "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
1206 			    spa->spa_name);
1207 #endif
1208 		}
1209 	}
1210 #endif	/* SPA_PROCESS */
1211 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1212 
1213 	/* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
1214 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1215 	if (spa->spa_proc == &p0) {
1216 		spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
1217 	}
1218 
1219 	/*
1220 	 * Start TRIM thread.
1221 	 */
1222 	trim_thread_create(spa);
1223 
1224 	for (size_t i = 0; i < TXG_SIZE; i++) {
1225 		spa->spa_txg_zio[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
1226 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL);
1227 	}
1228 
1229 	list_create(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
1230 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_config_dirty_node));
1231 	list_create(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list, sizeof (objset_t),
1232 	    offsetof(objset_t, os_evicting_node));
1233 	list_create(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
1234 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_state_dirty_node));
1235 
1236 	txg_list_create(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, spa,
1237 	    offsetof(struct vdev, vdev_txg_node));
1238 
1239 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
1240 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
1241 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
1242 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
1243 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
1244 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
1245 }
1246 
1247 /*
1248  * Opposite of spa_activate().
1249  */
1250 static void
spa_deactivate(spa_t * spa)1251 spa_deactivate(spa_t *spa)
1252 {
1253 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on == B_FALSE);
1254 	ASSERT(spa->spa_dsl_pool == NULL);
1255 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
1256 	ASSERT(spa->spa_async_zio_root == NULL);
1257 	ASSERT(spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1258 
1259 	/*
1260 	 * Stop TRIM thread in case spa_unload() wasn't called directly
1261 	 * before spa_deactivate().
1262 	 */
1263 	trim_thread_destroy(spa);
1264 
1265 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
1266 
1267 	txg_list_destroy(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list);
1268 
1269 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list);
1270 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list);
1271 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list);
1272 
1273 	for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
1274 		for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
1275 			spa_taskqs_fini(spa, t, q);
1276 		}
1277 	}
1278 
1279 	for (size_t i = 0; i < TXG_SIZE; i++) {
1280 		ASSERT3P(spa->spa_txg_zio[i], !=, NULL);
1281 		VERIFY0(zio_wait(spa->spa_txg_zio[i]));
1282 		spa->spa_txg_zio[i] = NULL;
1283 	}
1284 
1285 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_normal_class);
1286 	spa->spa_normal_class = NULL;
1287 
1288 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_log_class);
1289 	spa->spa_log_class = NULL;
1290 
1291 	/*
1292 	 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
1293 	 * still have errors left in the queues.  Empty them just in case.
1294 	 */
1295 	spa_errlog_drain(spa);
1296 
1297 	avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub);
1298 	avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_last);
1299 
1300 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED;
1301 
1302 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1303 	if (spa->spa_proc_state != SPA_PROC_NONE) {
1304 		ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
1305 		spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE;
1306 		cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1307 		while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE) {
1308 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
1309 			cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1310 		}
1311 		ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_GONE);
1312 		spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_NONE;
1313 	}
1314 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1315 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1316 
1317 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
1318 	/*
1319 	 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
1320 	 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
1321 	 * it.
1322 	 */
1323 	if (spa->spa_did != 0) {
1324 		thread_join(spa->spa_did);
1325 		spa->spa_did = 0;
1326 	}
1327 #endif	/* SPA_PROCESS */
1328 }
1329 
1330 /*
1331  * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately.  This
1332  * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
1333  * in the CLOSED state.  This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
1334  * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
1335  */
1336 static int
spa_config_parse(spa_t * spa,vdev_t ** vdp,nvlist_t * nv,vdev_t * parent,uint_t id,int atype)1337 spa_config_parse(spa_t *spa, vdev_t **vdp, nvlist_t *nv, vdev_t *parent,
1338     uint_t id, int atype)
1339 {
1340 	nvlist_t **child;
1341 	uint_t children;
1342 	int error;
1343 
1344 	if ((error = vdev_alloc(spa, vdp, nv, parent, id, atype)) != 0)
1345 		return (error);
1346 
1347 	if ((*vdp)->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
1348 		return (0);
1349 
1350 	error = nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
1351 	    &child, &children);
1352 
1353 	if (error == ENOENT)
1354 		return (0);
1355 
1356 	if (error) {
1357 		vdev_free(*vdp);
1358 		*vdp = NULL;
1359 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
1360 	}
1361 
1362 	for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
1363 		vdev_t *vd;
1364 		if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, child[c], *vdp, c,
1365 		    atype)) != 0) {
1366 			vdev_free(*vdp);
1367 			*vdp = NULL;
1368 			return (error);
1369 		}
1370 	}
1371 
1372 	ASSERT(*vdp != NULL);
1373 
1374 	return (0);
1375 }
1376 
1377 /*
1378  * Opposite of spa_load().
1379  */
1380 static void
spa_unload(spa_t * spa)1381 spa_unload(spa_t *spa)
1382 {
1383 	int i;
1384 
1385 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
1386 
1387 	spa_load_note(spa, "UNLOADING");
1388 
1389 	/*
1390 	 * Stop TRIM thread.
1391 	 */
1392 	trim_thread_destroy(spa);
1393 
1394 	/*
1395 	 * Stop async tasks.
1396 	 */
1397 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
1398 
1399 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev) {
1400 		vdev_initialize_stop_all(spa->spa_root_vdev,
1401 		    VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE);
1402 	}
1403 
1404 	/*
1405 	 * Stop syncing.
1406 	 */
1407 	if (spa->spa_sync_on) {
1408 		txg_sync_stop(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
1409 		spa->spa_sync_on = B_FALSE;
1410 	}
1411 
1412 	/*
1413 	 * Even though vdev_free() also calls vdev_metaslab_fini, we need
1414 	 * to call it earlier, before we wait for async i/o to complete.
1415 	 * This ensures that there is no async metaslab prefetching, by
1416 	 * calling taskq_wait(mg_taskq).
1417 	 */
1418 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
1419 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, spa, RW_WRITER);
1420 		for (int c = 0; c < spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_children; c++)
1421 			vdev_metaslab_fini(spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]);
1422 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, spa);
1423 	}
1424 
1425 	/*
1426 	 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
1427 	 */
1428 	if (spa->spa_async_zio_root != NULL) {
1429 		for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++)
1430 			(void) zio_wait(spa->spa_async_zio_root[i]);
1431 		kmem_free(spa->spa_async_zio_root, max_ncpus * sizeof (void *));
1432 		spa->spa_async_zio_root = NULL;
1433 	}
1434 
1435 	if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL) {
1436 		spa_vdev_removal_destroy(spa->spa_vdev_removal);
1437 		spa->spa_vdev_removal = NULL;
1438 	}
1439 
1440 	if (spa->spa_condense_zthr != NULL) {
1441 		ASSERT(!zthr_isrunning(spa->spa_condense_zthr));
1442 		zthr_destroy(spa->spa_condense_zthr);
1443 		spa->spa_condense_zthr = NULL;
1444 	}
1445 
1446 	if (spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr != NULL) {
1447 		ASSERT(!zthr_isrunning(spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr));
1448 		zthr_destroy(spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr);
1449 		spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr = NULL;
1450 	}
1451 
1452 	spa_condense_fini(spa);
1453 
1454 	bpobj_close(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj);
1455 
1456 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, spa, RW_WRITER);
1457 
1458 	/*
1459 	 * Close all vdevs.
1460 	 */
1461 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev)
1462 		vdev_free(spa->spa_root_vdev);
1463 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
1464 
1465 	/*
1466 	 * Close the dsl pool.
1467 	 */
1468 	if (spa->spa_dsl_pool) {
1469 		dsl_pool_close(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
1470 		spa->spa_dsl_pool = NULL;
1471 		spa->spa_meta_objset = NULL;
1472 	}
1473 
1474 	ddt_unload(spa);
1475 
1476 	/*
1477 	 * Drop and purge level 2 cache
1478 	 */
1479 	spa_l2cache_drop(spa);
1480 
1481 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1482 		vdev_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
1483 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs) {
1484 		kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
1485 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1486 		spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1487 	}
1488 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
1489 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
1490 		spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
1491 	}
1492 	spa->spa_spares.sav_count = 0;
1493 
1494 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
1495 		vdev_clear_stats(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
1496 		vdev_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
1497 	}
1498 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs) {
1499 		kmem_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs,
1500 		    spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1501 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1502 	}
1503 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
1504 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
1505 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
1506 	}
1507 	spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count = 0;
1508 
1509 	spa->spa_async_suspended = 0;
1510 
1511 	spa->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded = B_FALSE;
1512 
1513 	if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
1514 		spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
1515 		spa->spa_comment = NULL;
1516 	}
1517 
1518 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, spa);
1519 }
1520 
1521 /*
1522  * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
1523  * this pool.  When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1524  * 'spa_spares.sav_config'.  We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1525  * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1526  */
1527 void
spa_load_spares(spa_t * spa)1528 spa_load_spares(spa_t *spa)
1529 {
1530 	nvlist_t **spares;
1531 	uint_t nspares;
1532 	int i;
1533 	vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
1534 
1535 #ifndef _KERNEL
1536 	/*
1537 	 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1538 	 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1539 	 *
1540 	 * As spare vdevs are shared among open pools, we skip loading
1541 	 * them when we load the checkpointed state of the pool.
1542 	 */
1543 	if (!spa_writeable(spa))
1544 		return;
1545 #endif
1546 
1547 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
1548 
1549 	/*
1550 	 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
1551 	 */
1552 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
1553 		vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
1554 
1555 		/* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
1556 		if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
1557 		    B_FALSE)) != NULL && tvd->vdev_isspare)
1558 			spa_spare_remove(tvd);
1559 		vdev_close(vd);
1560 		vdev_free(vd);
1561 	}
1562 
1563 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs)
1564 		kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
1565 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1566 
1567 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config == NULL)
1568 		nspares = 0;
1569 	else
1570 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
1571 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
1572 
1573 	spa->spa_spares.sav_count = (int)nspares;
1574 	spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1575 
1576 	if (nspares == 0)
1577 		return;
1578 
1579 	/*
1580 	 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
1581 	 * process.   For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
1582 	 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
1583 	 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
1584 	 * configuration (if it's spared in).  During this phase we open and
1585 	 * validate each vdev on the spare list.  If the vdev also exists in the
1586 	 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
1587 	 */
1588 	spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = kmem_alloc(nspares * sizeof (void *),
1589 	    KM_SLEEP);
1590 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
1591 		VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, spares[i], NULL, 0,
1592 		    VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE) == 0);
1593 		ASSERT(vd != NULL);
1594 
1595 		spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i] = vd;
1596 
1597 		if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
1598 		    B_FALSE)) != NULL) {
1599 			if (!tvd->vdev_isspare)
1600 				spa_spare_add(tvd);
1601 
1602 			/*
1603 			 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
1604 			 * able to load the vdev.  Otherwise, importing a pool
1605 			 * with a bad active spare would result in strange
1606 			 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
1607 			 * is actively in use.
1608 			 *
1609 			 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
1610 			 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
1611 			 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise).  Given
1612 			 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
1613 			 * it adds, we ignore the possibility.
1614 			 */
1615 			if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd))
1616 				spa_spare_activate(tvd);
1617 		}
1618 
1619 		vd->vdev_top = vd;
1620 		vd->vdev_aux = &spa->spa_spares;
1621 
1622 		if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
1623 			continue;
1624 
1625 		if (vdev_validate_aux(vd) == 0)
1626 			spa_spare_add(vd);
1627 	}
1628 
1629 	/*
1630 	 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
1631 	 * this time.
1632 	 */
1633 	VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
1634 	    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
1635 
1636 	spares = kmem_alloc(spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *),
1637 	    KM_SLEEP);
1638 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1639 		spares[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
1640 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE);
1641 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
1642 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count) == 0);
1643 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1644 		nvlist_free(spares[i]);
1645 	kmem_free(spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1646 }
1647 
1648 /*
1649  * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
1650  * this pool.  When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1651  * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'.  We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1652  * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1653  * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
1654  * not re-opened.
1655  */
1656 void
spa_load_l2cache(spa_t * spa)1657 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t *spa)
1658 {
1659 	nvlist_t **l2cache;
1660 	uint_t nl2cache;
1661 	int i, j, oldnvdevs;
1662 	uint64_t guid;
1663 	vdev_t *vd, **oldvdevs, **newvdevs;
1664 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
1665 
1666 #ifndef _KERNEL
1667 	/*
1668 	 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1669 	 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1670 	 *
1671 	 * As L2 caches are part of the ARC which is shared among open
1672 	 * pools, we skip loading them when we load the checkpointed
1673 	 * state of the pool.
1674 	 */
1675 	if (!spa_writeable(spa))
1676 		return;
1677 #endif
1678 
1679 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
1680 
1681 	if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
1682 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
1683 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
1684 		newvdevs = kmem_alloc(nl2cache * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
1685 	} else {
1686 		nl2cache = 0;
1687 		newvdevs = NULL;
1688 	}
1689 
1690 	oldvdevs = sav->sav_vdevs;
1691 	oldnvdevs = sav->sav_count;
1692 	sav->sav_vdevs = NULL;
1693 	sav->sav_count = 0;
1694 
1695 	/*
1696 	 * Process new nvlist of vdevs.
1697 	 */
1698 	for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
1699 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
1700 		    &guid) == 0);
1701 
1702 		newvdevs[i] = NULL;
1703 		for (j = 0; j < oldnvdevs; j++) {
1704 			vd = oldvdevs[j];
1705 			if (vd != NULL && guid == vd->vdev_guid) {
1706 				/*
1707 				 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
1708 				 */
1709 				newvdevs[i] = vd;
1710 				oldvdevs[j] = NULL;
1711 				break;
1712 			}
1713 		}
1714 
1715 		if (newvdevs[i] == NULL) {
1716 			/*
1717 			 * Create new vdev
1718 			 */
1719 			VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, l2cache[i], NULL, 0,
1720 			    VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE) == 0);
1721 			ASSERT(vd != NULL);
1722 			newvdevs[i] = vd;
1723 
1724 			/*
1725 			 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
1726 			 * even if it fails to open.
1727 			 */
1728 			spa_l2cache_add(vd);
1729 
1730 			vd->vdev_top = vd;
1731 			vd->vdev_aux = sav;
1732 
1733 			spa_l2cache_activate(vd);
1734 
1735 			if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
1736 				continue;
1737 
1738 			(void) vdev_validate_aux(vd);
1739 
1740 			if (!vdev_is_dead(vd))
1741 				l2arc_add_vdev(spa, vd);
1742 		}
1743 	}
1744 
1745 	/*
1746 	 * Purge vdevs that were dropped
1747 	 */
1748 	for (i = 0; i < oldnvdevs; i++) {
1749 		uint64_t pool;
1750 
1751 		vd = oldvdevs[i];
1752 		if (vd != NULL) {
1753 			ASSERT(vd->vdev_isl2cache);
1754 
1755 			if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
1756 			    pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
1757 				l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
1758 			vdev_clear_stats(vd);
1759 			vdev_free(vd);
1760 		}
1761 	}
1762 
1763 	if (oldvdevs)
1764 		kmem_free(oldvdevs, oldnvdevs * sizeof (void *));
1765 
1766 	if (sav->sav_config == NULL)
1767 		goto out;
1768 
1769 	sav->sav_vdevs = newvdevs;
1770 	sav->sav_count = (int)nl2cache;
1771 
1772 	/*
1773 	 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
1774 	 * information this time.
1775 	 */
1776 	VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
1777 	    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
1778 
1779 	l2cache = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
1780 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1781 		l2cache[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
1782 		    sav->sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
1783 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
1784 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, sav->sav_count) == 0);
1785 out:
1786 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1787 		nvlist_free(l2cache[i]);
1788 	if (sav->sav_count)
1789 		kmem_free(l2cache, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1790 }
1791 
1792 static int
load_nvlist(spa_t * spa,uint64_t obj,nvlist_t ** value)1793 load_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t **value)
1794 {
1795 	dmu_buf_t *db;
1796 	char *packed = NULL;
1797 	size_t nvsize = 0;
1798 	int error;
1799 	*value = NULL;
1800 
1801 	error = dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db);
1802 	if (error != 0)
1803 		return (error);
1804 
1805 	nvsize = *(uint64_t *)db->db_data;
1806 	dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
1807 
1808 	packed = kmem_alloc(nvsize, KM_SLEEP);
1809 	error = dmu_read(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, nvsize, packed,
1810 	    DMU_READ_PREFETCH);
1811 	if (error == 0)
1812 		error = nvlist_unpack(packed, nvsize, value, 0);
1813 	kmem_free(packed, nvsize);
1814 
1815 	return (error);
1816 }
1817 
1818 /*
1819  * Concrete top-level vdevs that are not missing and are not logs. At every
1820  * spa_sync we write new uberblocks to at least SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS core tvds.
1821  */
1822 static uint64_t
spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t * spa)1823 spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t *spa)
1824 {
1825 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1826 	uint64_t tvds = 0;
1827 
1828 	for (uint64_t i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) {
1829 		vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[i];
1830 		if (vd->vdev_islog)
1831 			continue;
1832 		if (vdev_is_concrete(vd) && !vdev_is_dead(vd))
1833 			tvds++;
1834 	}
1835 
1836 	return (tvds);
1837 }
1838 
1839 /*
1840  * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
1841  * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
1842  */
1843 static void
spa_check_removed(vdev_t * vd)1844 spa_check_removed(vdev_t *vd)
1845 {
1846 	for (uint64_t c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
1847 		spa_check_removed(vd->vdev_child[c]);
1848 
1849 	if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf && vdev_is_dead(vd) &&
1850 	    vdev_is_concrete(vd)) {
1851 		zfs_post_autoreplace(vd->vdev_spa, vd);
1852 		spa_event_notify(vd->vdev_spa, vd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK);
1853 	}
1854 }
1855 
1856 static int
spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t * spa)1857 spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t *spa)
1858 {
1859 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1860 
1861 	/*
1862 	 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
1863 	 * diagnostic information about missing log devices.
1864 	 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
1865 	 */
1866 	if (!(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG)) {
1867 		nvlist_t **child, *nv;
1868 		uint64_t idx = 0;
1869 
1870 		child = kmem_alloc(rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (nvlist_t **),
1871 		    KM_SLEEP);
1872 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nv, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
1873 
1874 		for (uint64_t c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1875 			vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1876 
1877 			/*
1878 			 * We consider a device as missing only if it failed
1879 			 * to open (i.e. offline or faulted is not considered
1880 			 * as missing).
1881 			 */
1882 			if (tvd->vdev_islog &&
1883 			    tvd->vdev_state == VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) {
1884 				child[idx++] = vdev_config_generate(spa, tvd,
1885 				    B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_MISSING);
1886 			}
1887 		}
1888 
1889 		if (idx > 0) {
1890 			fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv,
1891 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, child, idx);
1892 			fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
1893 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES, nv);
1894 
1895 			for (uint64_t i = 0; i < idx; i++)
1896 				nvlist_free(child[i]);
1897 		}
1898 		nvlist_free(nv);
1899 		kmem_free(child, rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (char **));
1900 
1901 		if (idx > 0) {
1902 			spa_load_failed(spa, "some log devices are missing");
1903 			vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
1904 			return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
1905 		}
1906 	} else {
1907 		for (uint64_t c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1908 			vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1909 
1910 			if (tvd->vdev_islog &&
1911 			    tvd->vdev_state == VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) {
1912 				spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
1913 				spa_load_note(spa, "some log devices are "
1914 				    "missing, ZIL is dropped.");
1915 				vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
1916 				break;
1917 			}
1918 		}
1919 	}
1920 
1921 	return (0);
1922 }
1923 
1924 /*
1925  * Check for missing log devices
1926  */
1927 static boolean_t
spa_check_logs(spa_t * spa)1928 spa_check_logs(spa_t *spa)
1929 {
1930 	boolean_t rv = B_FALSE;
1931 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
1932 
1933 	switch (spa->spa_log_state) {
1934 	case SPA_LOG_MISSING:
1935 		/* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
1936 	case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN:
1937 		rv = (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
1938 		    zil_check_log_chain, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN) != 0);
1939 		if (rv)
1940 			spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_MISSING);
1941 		break;
1942 	}
1943 	return (rv);
1944 }
1945 
1946 static boolean_t
spa_passivate_log(spa_t * spa)1947 spa_passivate_log(spa_t *spa)
1948 {
1949 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1950 	boolean_t slog_found = B_FALSE;
1951 
1952 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
1953 
1954 	if (!spa_has_slogs(spa))
1955 		return (B_FALSE);
1956 
1957 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1958 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1959 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
1960 
1961 		if (tvd->vdev_islog) {
1962 			metaslab_group_passivate(mg);
1963 			slog_found = B_TRUE;
1964 		}
1965 	}
1966 
1967 	return (slog_found);
1968 }
1969 
1970 static void
spa_activate_log(spa_t * spa)1971 spa_activate_log(spa_t *spa)
1972 {
1973 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1974 
1975 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
1976 
1977 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1978 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1979 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
1980 
1981 		if (tvd->vdev_islog)
1982 			metaslab_group_activate(mg);
1983 	}
1984 }
1985 
1986 int
spa_reset_logs(spa_t * spa)1987 spa_reset_logs(spa_t *spa)
1988 {
1989 	int error;
1990 
1991 	error = dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa), zil_reset,
1992 	    NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
1993 	if (error == 0) {
1994 		/*
1995 		 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
1996 		 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
1997 		 * by zil_sync().
1998 		 */
1999 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
2000 	}
2001 	return (error);
2002 }
2003 
2004 static void
spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t * sav)2005 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav)
2006 {
2007 	int i;
2008 
2009 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
2010 		spa_check_removed(sav->sav_vdevs[i]);
2011 }
2012 
2013 void
spa_claim_notify(zio_t * zio)2014 spa_claim_notify(zio_t *zio)
2015 {
2016 	spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
2017 
2018 	if (zio->io_error)
2019 		return;
2020 
2021 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);	/* any mutex will do */
2022 	if (spa->spa_claim_max_txg < zio->io_bp->blk_birth)
2023 		spa->spa_claim_max_txg = zio->io_bp->blk_birth;
2024 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
2025 }
2026 
2027 typedef struct spa_load_error {
2028 	uint64_t	sle_meta_count;
2029 	uint64_t	sle_data_count;
2030 } spa_load_error_t;
2031 
2032 static void
spa_load_verify_done(zio_t * zio)2033 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t *zio)
2034 {
2035 	blkptr_t *bp = zio->io_bp;
2036 	spa_load_error_t *sle = zio->io_private;
2037 	dmu_object_type_t type = BP_GET_TYPE(bp);
2038 	int error = zio->io_error;
2039 	spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
2040 
2041 	abd_free(zio->io_abd);
2042 	if (error) {
2043 		if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type)) &&
2044 		    type != DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG)
2045 			atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_meta_count);
2046 		else
2047 			atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_data_count);
2048 	}
2049 
2050 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2051 	spa->spa_load_verify_ios--;
2052 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv);
2053 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2054 }
2055 
2056 /*
2057  * Maximum number of concurrent scrub i/os to create while verifying
2058  * a pool while importing it.
2059  */
2060 int spa_load_verify_maxinflight = 10000;
2061 boolean_t spa_load_verify_metadata = B_TRUE;
2062 boolean_t spa_load_verify_data = B_TRUE;
2063 
2064 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_maxinflight, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
2065     &spa_load_verify_maxinflight, 0,
2066     "Maximum number of concurrent scrub I/Os to create while verifying a "
2067     "pool while importing it");
2068 
2069 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_metadata, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
2070     &spa_load_verify_metadata, 0,
2071     "Check metadata on import?");
2072 
2073 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_data, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
2074     &spa_load_verify_data, 0,
2075     "Check user data on import?");
2076 
2077 /*ARGSUSED*/
2078 static int
spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t * spa,zilog_t * zilog,const blkptr_t * bp,const zbookmark_phys_t * zb,const dnode_phys_t * dnp,void * arg)2079 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t *spa, zilog_t *zilog, const blkptr_t *bp,
2080     const zbookmark_phys_t *zb, const dnode_phys_t *dnp, void *arg)
2081 {
2082 	if (bp == NULL || BP_IS_HOLE(bp) || BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp))
2083 		return (0);
2084 	/*
2085 	 * Note: normally this routine will not be called if
2086 	 * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set.  However, it may be useful
2087 	 * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun.
2088 	 */
2089 	if (!spa_load_verify_metadata)
2090 		return (0);
2091 	if (!BP_IS_METADATA(bp) && !spa_load_verify_data)
2092 		return (0);
2093 
2094 	zio_t *rio = arg;
2095 	size_t size = BP_GET_PSIZE(bp);
2096 
2097 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2098 	while (spa->spa_load_verify_ios >= spa_load_verify_maxinflight)
2099 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv, &spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2100 	spa->spa_load_verify_ios++;
2101 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2102 
2103 	zio_nowait(zio_read(rio, spa, bp, abd_alloc_for_io(size, B_FALSE), size,
2104 	    spa_load_verify_done, rio->io_private, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB,
2105 	    ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE | ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL |
2106 	    ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB | ZIO_FLAG_RAW, zb));
2107 	return (0);
2108 }
2109 
2110 /* ARGSUSED */
2111 int
verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t * dp,dsl_dataset_t * ds,void * arg)2112 verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t *dp, dsl_dataset_t *ds, void *arg)
2113 {
2114 	if (dsl_dataset_namelen(ds) >= ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN)
2115 		return (SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG));
2116 
2117 	return (0);
2118 }
2119 
2120 static int
spa_load_verify(spa_t * spa)2121 spa_load_verify(spa_t *spa)
2122 {
2123 	zio_t *rio;
2124 	spa_load_error_t sle = { 0 };
2125 	zpool_load_policy_t policy;
2126 	boolean_t verify_ok = B_FALSE;
2127 	int error = 0;
2128 
2129 	zpool_get_load_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy);
2130 
2131 	if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND)
2132 		return (0);
2133 
2134 	dsl_pool_config_enter(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG);
2135 	error = dmu_objset_find_dp(spa->spa_dsl_pool,
2136 	    spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_root_dir_obj, verify_dataset_name_len, NULL,
2137 	    DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
2138 	dsl_pool_config_exit(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG);
2139 	if (error != 0)
2140 		return (error);
2141 
2142 	rio = zio_root(spa, NULL, &sle,
2143 	    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE);
2144 
2145 	if (spa_load_verify_metadata) {
2146 		if (spa->spa_extreme_rewind) {
2147 			spa_load_note(spa, "performing a complete scan of the "
2148 			    "pool since extreme rewind is on. This may take "
2149 			    "a very long time.\n  (spa_load_verify_data=%u, "
2150 			    "spa_load_verify_metadata=%u)",
2151 			    spa_load_verify_data, spa_load_verify_metadata);
2152 		}
2153 		error = traverse_pool(spa, spa->spa_verify_min_txg,
2154 		    TRAVERSE_PRE | TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA,
2155 		    spa_load_verify_cb, rio);
2156 	}
2157 
2158 	(void) zio_wait(rio);
2159 
2160 	spa->spa_load_meta_errors = sle.sle_meta_count;
2161 	spa->spa_load_data_errors = sle.sle_data_count;
2162 
2163 	if (sle.sle_meta_count != 0 || sle.sle_data_count != 0) {
2164 		spa_load_note(spa, "spa_load_verify found %llu metadata errors "
2165 		    "and %llu data errors", (u_longlong_t)sle.sle_meta_count,
2166 		    (u_longlong_t)sle.sle_data_count);
2167 	}
2168 
2169 	if (spa_load_verify_dryrun ||
2170 	    (!error && sle.sle_meta_count <= policy.zlp_maxmeta &&
2171 	    sle.sle_data_count <= policy.zlp_maxdata)) {
2172 		int64_t loss = 0;
2173 
2174 		verify_ok = B_TRUE;
2175 		spa->spa_load_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
2176 		spa->spa_load_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
2177 
2178 		loss = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts - spa->spa_load_txg_ts;
2179 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2180 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME, spa->spa_load_txg_ts) == 0);
2181 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_int64(spa->spa_load_info,
2182 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME, loss) == 0);
2183 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2184 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS, sle.sle_data_count) == 0);
2185 	} else {
2186 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
2187 	}
2188 
2189 	if (spa_load_verify_dryrun)
2190 		return (0);
2191 
2192 	if (error) {
2193 		if (error != ENXIO && error != EIO)
2194 			error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
2195 		return (error);
2196 	}
2197 
2198 	return (verify_ok ? 0 : EIO);
2199 }
2200 
2201 /*
2202  * Find a value in the pool props object.
2203  */
2204 static void
spa_prop_find(spa_t * spa,zpool_prop_t prop,uint64_t * val)2205 spa_prop_find(spa_t *spa, zpool_prop_t prop, uint64_t *val)
2206 {
2207 	(void) zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
2208 	    zpool_prop_to_name(prop), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val);
2209 }
2210 
2211 /*
2212  * Find a value in the pool directory object.
2213  */
2214 static int
spa_dir_prop(spa_t * spa,const char * name,uint64_t * val,boolean_t log_enoent)2215 spa_dir_prop(spa_t *spa, const char *name, uint64_t *val, boolean_t log_enoent)
2216 {
2217 	int error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
2218 	    name, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val);
2219 
2220 	if (error != 0 && (error != ENOENT || log_enoent)) {
2221 		spa_load_failed(spa, "couldn't get '%s' value in MOS directory "
2222 		    "[error=%d]", name, error);
2223 	}
2224 
2225 	return (error);
2226 }
2227 
2228 static int
spa_vdev_err(vdev_t * vdev,vdev_aux_t aux,int err)2229 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t *vdev, vdev_aux_t aux, int err)
2230 {
2231 	vdev_set_state(vdev, B_TRUE, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN, aux);
2232 	return (SET_ERROR(err));
2233 }
2234 
2235 static void
spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t * spa)2236 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t *spa)
2237 {
2238 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
2239 
2240 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
2241 
2242 	spa_start_indirect_condensing_thread(spa);
2243 
2244 	ASSERT3P(spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr, ==, NULL);
2245 	spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr =
2246 	    zthr_create(spa_checkpoint_discard_thread_check,
2247 	    spa_checkpoint_discard_thread, spa);
2248 }
2249 
2250 /*
2251  * Fix up config after a partly-completed split.  This is done with the
2252  * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist.  Both the splitting pool and the split-off
2253  * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
2254  * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
2255  *
2256  * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
2257  * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process.  To attempt
2258  * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
2259  * we do a reopen() call.  If the vdev label for every disk that was
2260  * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2261  * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
2262  *
2263  * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
2264  * the original pool.
2265  */
2266 static void
spa_try_repair(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * config)2267 spa_try_repair(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
2268 {
2269 	uint_t extracted;
2270 	uint64_t *glist;
2271 	uint_t i, gcount;
2272 	nvlist_t *nvl;
2273 	vdev_t **vd;
2274 	boolean_t attempt_reopen;
2275 
2276 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) != 0)
2277 		return;
2278 
2279 	/* check that the config is complete */
2280 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
2281 	    &glist, &gcount) != 0)
2282 		return;
2283 
2284 	vd = kmem_zalloc(gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
2285 
2286 	/* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
2287 	attempt_reopen = B_TRUE;
2288 	for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
2289 		if (glist[i] == 0)	/* vdev is hole */
2290 			continue;
2291 
2292 		vd[i] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[i], B_FALSE);
2293 		if (vd[i] == NULL) {
2294 			/*
2295 			 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
2296 			 * just do the split.
2297 			 */
2298 			attempt_reopen = B_FALSE;
2299 		} else {
2300 			/* attempt to re-online it */
2301 			vd[i]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
2302 		}
2303 	}
2304 
2305 	if (attempt_reopen) {
2306 		vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2307 
2308 		/* check each device to see what state it's in */
2309 		for (extracted = 0, i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
2310 			if (vd[i] != NULL &&
2311 			    vd[i]->vdev_stat.vs_aux != VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2312 				break;
2313 			++extracted;
2314 		}
2315 	}
2316 
2317 	/*
2318 	 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
2319 	 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
2320 	 * good.
2321 	 */
2322 	if (!attempt_reopen || gcount == extracted) {
2323 		for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++)
2324 			if (vd[i] != NULL)
2325 				vdev_split(vd[i]);
2326 		vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2327 	}
2328 
2329 	kmem_free(vd, gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *));
2330 }
2331 
2332 static int
spa_load(spa_t * spa,spa_load_state_t state,spa_import_type_t type)2333 spa_load(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type)
2334 {
2335 	char *ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL;
2336 	int error;
2337 
2338 	spa->spa_load_state = state;
2339 
2340 	gethrestime(&spa->spa_loaded_ts);
2341 	error = spa_load_impl(spa, type, &ereport);
2342 
2343 	/*
2344 	 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
2345 	 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
2346 	 */
2347 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
2348 	spa->spa_minref = refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
2349 	if (error) {
2350 		if (error != EEXIST) {
2351 			spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec = 0;
2352 			spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec = 0;
2353 		}
2354 		if (error != EBADF) {
2355 			zfs_ereport_post(ereport, spa, NULL, NULL, 0, 0);
2356 		}
2357 	}
2358 	spa->spa_load_state = error ? SPA_LOAD_ERROR : SPA_LOAD_NONE;
2359 	spa->spa_ena = 0;
2360 
2361 	return (error);
2362 }
2363 
2364 /*
2365  * Count the number of per-vdev ZAPs associated with all of the vdevs in the
2366  * vdev tree rooted in the given vd, and ensure that each ZAP is present in the
2367  * spa's per-vdev ZAP list.
2368  */
2369 static uint64_t
vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t * vd)2370 vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t *vd)
2371 {
2372 	spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa;
2373 	uint64_t total = 0;
2374 	if (vd->vdev_top_zap != 0) {
2375 		total++;
2376 		ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset,
2377 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, vd->vdev_top_zap));
2378 	}
2379 	if (vd->vdev_leaf_zap != 0) {
2380 		total++;
2381 		ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset,
2382 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, vd->vdev_leaf_zap));
2383 	}
2384 
2385 	for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
2386 		total += vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd->vdev_child[i]);
2387 	}
2388 
2389 	return (total);
2390 }
2391 
2392 static int
spa_verify_host(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * mos_config)2393 spa_verify_host(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *mos_config)
2394 {
2395 	uint64_t hostid;
2396 	char *hostname;
2397 	uint64_t myhostid = 0;
2398 
2399 	if (!spa_is_root(spa) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config,
2400 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID, &hostid) == 0) {
2401 		hostname = fnvlist_lookup_string(mos_config,
2402 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME);
2403 
2404 		myhostid = zone_get_hostid(NULL);
2405 
2406 		if (hostid != 0 && myhostid != 0 && hostid != myhostid) {
2407 			cmn_err(CE_WARN, "pool '%s' could not be "
2408 			    "loaded as it was last accessed by "
2409 			    "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%llx). "
2410 			    "See: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-EY",
2411 			    spa_name(spa), hostname, (u_longlong_t)hostid);
2412 			spa_load_failed(spa, "hostid verification failed: pool "
2413 			    "last accessed by host: %s (hostid: 0x%llx)",
2414 			    hostname, (u_longlong_t)hostid);
2415 			return (SET_ERROR(EBADF));
2416 		}
2417 	}
2418 
2419 	return (0);
2420 }
2421 
2422 static int
spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t * spa,spa_import_type_t type)2423 spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
2424 {
2425 	int error = 0;
2426 	nvlist_t *nvtree, *nvl, *config = spa->spa_config;
2427 	int parse;
2428 	vdev_t *rvd;
2429 	uint64_t pool_guid;
2430 	char *comment;
2431 
2432 	/*
2433 	 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
2434 	 * it's not present treat it as the initial version.
2435 	 */
2436 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
2437 	    &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
2438 		spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
2439 
2440 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID, &pool_guid)) {
2441 		spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
2442 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID);
2443 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
2444 	}
2445 
2446 	/*
2447 	 * If we are doing an import, ensure that the pool is not already
2448 	 * imported by checking if its pool guid already exists in the
2449 	 * spa namespace.
2450 	 *
2451 	 * The only case that we allow an already imported pool to be
2452 	 * imported again, is when the pool is checkpointed and we want to
2453 	 * look at its checkpointed state from userland tools like zdb.
2454 	 */
2455 #ifdef _KERNEL
2456 	if ((spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
2457 	    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) &&
2458 	    spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0)) {
2459 #else
2460 	if ((spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
2461 	    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) &&
2462 	    spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0) &&
2463 	    !spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa)) {
2464 #endif
2465 		spa_load_failed(spa, "a pool with guid %llu is already open",
2466 		    (u_longlong_t)pool_guid);
2467 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
2468 	}
2469 
2470 	spa->spa_config_guid = pool_guid;
2471 
2472 	nvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
2473 	spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
2474 
2475 	ASSERT(spa->spa_comment == NULL);
2476 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT, &comment) == 0)
2477 		spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(comment);
2478 
2479 	(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
2480 	    &spa->spa_config_txg);
2481 
2482 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) == 0)
2483 		spa->spa_config_splitting = fnvlist_dup(nvl);
2484 
2485 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvtree)) {
2486 		spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
2487 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE);
2488 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
2489 	}
2490 
2491 	/*
2492 	 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
2493 	 */
2494 	spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
2495 	    KM_SLEEP);
2496 	for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
2497 		spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
2498 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
2499 		    ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
2500 	}
2501 
2502 	/*
2503 	 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree.  We explicitly set the
2504 	 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
2505 	 * configuration requires knowing the version number.
2506 	 */
2507 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2508 	parse = (type == SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING ?
2509 	    VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD : VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT);
2510 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtree, NULL, 0, parse);
2511 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2512 
2513 	if (error != 0) {
2514 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to parse config [error=%d]",
2515 		    error);
2516 		return (error);
2517 	}
2518 
2519 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
2520 	ASSERT3U(spa->spa_min_ashift, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT);
2521 	ASSERT3U(spa->spa_max_ashift, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT);
2522 
2523 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2524 		ASSERT(spa_guid(spa) == pool_guid);
2525 	}
2526 
2527 	return (0);
2528 }
2529 
2530 /*
2531  * Recursively open all vdevs in the vdev tree. This function is called twice:
2532  * first with the untrusted config, then with the trusted config.
2533  */
2534 static int
2535 spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa_t *spa)
2536 {
2537 	int error = 0;
2538 
2539 	/*
2540 	 * spa_missing_tvds_allowed defines how many top-level vdevs can be
2541 	 * missing/unopenable for the root vdev to be still considered openable.
2542 	 */
2543 	if (spa->spa_trust_config) {
2544 		spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds;
2545 	} else if (spa->spa_config_source == SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE) {
2546 		spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile;
2547 	} else if (spa->spa_config_source == SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN) {
2548 		spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan;
2549 	} else {
2550 		spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = 0;
2551 	}
2552 
2553 	spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed =
2554 	    MAX(zfs_max_missing_tvds, spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed);
2555 
2556 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2557 	error = vdev_open(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2558 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2559 
2560 	if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0) {
2561 		spa_load_note(spa, "vdev tree has %lld missing top-level "
2562 		    "vdevs.", (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_missing_tvds);
2563 		if (spa->spa_trust_config && (spa->spa_mode & FWRITE)) {
2564 			/*
2565 			 * Although theoretically we could allow users to open
2566 			 * incomplete pools in RW mode, we'd need to add a lot
2567 			 * of extra logic (e.g. adjust pool space to account
2568 			 * for missing vdevs).
2569 			 * This limitation also prevents users from accidentally
2570 			 * opening the pool in RW mode during data recovery and
2571 			 * damaging it further.
2572 			 */
2573 			spa_load_note(spa, "pools with missing top-level "
2574 			    "vdevs can only be opened in read-only mode.");
2575 			error = SET_ERROR(ENXIO);
2576 		} else {
2577 			spa_load_note(spa, "current settings allow for maximum "
2578 			    "%lld missing top-level vdevs at this stage.",
2579 			    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed);
2580 		}
2581 	}
2582 	if (error != 0) {
2583 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to open vdev tree [error=%d]",
2584 		    error);
2585 	}
2586 	if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0 || error != 0)
2587 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(spa->spa_root_vdev, 2);
2588 
2589 	return (error);
2590 }
2591 
2592 /*
2593  * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
2594  * we have in hand. This function is called twice: first with an untrusted
2595  * config, then with a trusted config. The validation is more strict when the
2596  * config is trusted.
2597  */
2598 static int
2599 spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa_t *spa)
2600 {
2601 	int error = 0;
2602 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2603 
2604 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2605 	error = vdev_validate(rvd);
2606 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2607 
2608 	if (error != 0) {
2609 		spa_load_failed(spa, "vdev_validate failed [error=%d]", error);
2610 		return (error);
2611 	}
2612 
2613 	if (rvd->vdev_state <= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) {
2614 		spa_load_failed(spa, "cannot open vdev tree after invalidating "
2615 		    "some vdevs");
2616 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
2617 		return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
2618 	}
2619 
2620 	return (0);
2621 }
2622 
2623 static void
2624 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub)
2625 {
2626 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
2627 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
2628 	spa->spa_verify_min_txg = spa->spa_extreme_rewind ?
2629 	    TXG_INITIAL - 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE - 1;
2630 	spa->spa_first_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg ?
2631 	    spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) + 1;
2632 	spa->spa_claim_max_txg = spa->spa_first_txg;
2633 	spa->spa_prev_software_version = ub->ub_software_version;
2634 }
2635 
2636 static int
2637 spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
2638 {
2639 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2640 	nvlist_t *label;
2641 	uberblock_t *ub = &spa->spa_uberblock;
2642 
2643 	/*
2644 	 * If we are opening the checkpointed state of the pool by
2645 	 * rewinding to it, at this point we will have written the
2646 	 * checkpointed uberblock to the vdev labels, so searching
2647 	 * the labels will find the right uberblock.  However, if
2648 	 * we are opening the checkpointed state read-only, we have
2649 	 * not modified the labels. Therefore, we must ignore the
2650 	 * labels and continue using the spa_uberblock that was set
2651 	 * by spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind.
2652 	 *
2653 	 * Note that it would be fine to ignore the labels when
2654 	 * rewinding (opening writeable) as well. However, if we
2655 	 * crash just after writing the labels, we will end up
2656 	 * searching the labels. Doing so in the common case means
2657 	 * that this code path gets exercised normally, rather than
2658 	 * just in the edge case.
2659 	 */
2660 	if (ub->ub_checkpoint_txg != 0 &&
2661 	    spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa)) {
2662 		spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa, ub);
2663 		return (0);
2664 	}
2665 
2666 	/*
2667 	 * Find the best uberblock.
2668 	 */
2669 	vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &label);
2670 
2671 	/*
2672 	 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
2673 	 */
2674 	if (ub->ub_txg == 0) {
2675 		nvlist_free(label);
2676 		spa_load_failed(spa, "no valid uberblock found");
2677 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, ENXIO));
2678 	}
2679 
2680 	spa_load_note(spa, "using uberblock with txg=%llu",
2681 	    (u_longlong_t)ub->ub_txg);
2682 
2683 	/*
2684 	 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
2685 	 */
2686 	if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub->ub_version)) {
2687 		nvlist_free(label);
2688 		spa_load_failed(spa, "version %llu is not supported",
2689 		    (u_longlong_t)ub->ub_version);
2690 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER, ENOTSUP));
2691 	}
2692 
2693 	if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2694 		nvlist_t *features;
2695 
2696 		/*
2697 		 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
2698 		 * MOS in the label, return failure.
2699 		 */
2700 		if (label == NULL) {
2701 			spa_load_failed(spa, "label config unavailable");
2702 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
2703 			    ENXIO));
2704 		}
2705 
2706 		if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ,
2707 		    &features) != 0) {
2708 			nvlist_free(label);
2709 			spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid label: '%s' missing",
2710 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ);
2711 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
2712 			    ENXIO));
2713 		}
2714 
2715 		/*
2716 		 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
2717 		 * from the label.
2718 		 */
2719 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_label_features);
2720 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(features, &spa->spa_label_features, 0) == 0);
2721 	}
2722 
2723 	nvlist_free(label);
2724 
2725 	/*
2726 	 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
2727 	 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
2728 	 * cannot open a pool.
2729 	 */
2730 	if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2731 		nvlist_t *unsup_feat;
2732 
2733 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&unsup_feat, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) ==
2734 		    0);
2735 
2736 		for (nvpair_t *nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features,
2737 		    NULL); nvp != NULL;
2738 		    nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features, nvp)) {
2739 			if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp))) {
2740 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(unsup_feat,
2741 				    nvpair_name(nvp), "") == 0);
2742 			}
2743 		}
2744 
2745 		if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
2746 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
2747 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat) == 0);
2748 			nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
2749 			spa_load_failed(spa, "some features are unsupported");
2750 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
2751 			    ENOTSUP));
2752 		}
2753 
2754 		nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
2755 	}
2756 
2757 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa->spa_config_splitting) {
2758 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2759 		spa_try_repair(spa, spa->spa_config);
2760 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2761 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
2762 		spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
2763 	}
2764 
2765 	/*
2766 	 * Initialize internal SPA structures.
2767 	 */
2768 	spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa, ub);
2769 
2770 	return (0);
2771 }
2772 
2773 static int
2774 spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa_t *spa)
2775 {
2776 	int error = 0;
2777 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2778 
2779 	error = dsl_pool_init(spa, spa->spa_first_txg, &spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2780 	if (error != 0) {
2781 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to open rootbp in dsl_pool_init "
2782 		    "[error=%d]", error);
2783 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2784 	}
2785 	spa->spa_meta_objset = spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_meta_objset;
2786 
2787 	return (0);
2788 }
2789 
2790 static int
2791 spa_ld_trusted_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type,
2792     boolean_t reloading)
2793 {
2794 	vdev_t *mrvd, *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2795 	nvlist_t *nv, *mos_config, *policy;
2796 	int error = 0, copy_error;
2797 	uint64_t healthy_tvds, healthy_tvds_mos;
2798 	uint64_t mos_config_txg;
2799 
2800 	if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CONFIG, &spa->spa_config_object, B_TRUE)
2801 	    != 0)
2802 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2803 
2804 	/*
2805 	 * If we're assembling a pool from a split, the config provided is
2806 	 * already trusted so there is nothing to do.
2807 	 */
2808 	if (type == SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE)
2809 		return (0);
2810 
2811 	healthy_tvds = spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa);
2812 
2813 	if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &mos_config)
2814 	    != 0) {
2815 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
2816 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2817 	}
2818 
2819 	/*
2820 	 * If we are doing an open, pool owner wasn't verified yet, thus do
2821 	 * the verification here.
2822 	 */
2823 	if (spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_OPEN) {
2824 		error = spa_verify_host(spa, mos_config);
2825 		if (error != 0) {
2826 			nvlist_free(mos_config);
2827 			return (error);
2828 		}
2829 	}
2830 
2831 	nv = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(mos_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE);
2832 
2833 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2834 
2835 	/*
2836 	 * Build a new vdev tree from the trusted config
2837 	 */
2838 	VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &mrvd, nv, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD) == 0);
2839 
2840 	/*
2841 	 * Vdev paths in the MOS may be obsolete. If the untrusted config was
2842 	 * obtained by scanning /dev/dsk, then it will have the right vdev
2843 	 * paths. We update the trusted MOS config with this information.
2844 	 * We first try to copy the paths with vdev_copy_path_strict, which
2845 	 * succeeds only when both configs have exactly the same vdev tree.
2846 	 * If that fails, we fall back to a more flexible method that has a
2847 	 * best effort policy.
2848 	 */
2849 	copy_error = vdev_copy_path_strict(rvd, mrvd);
2850 	if (copy_error != 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree) {
2851 		spa_load_note(spa, "provided vdev tree:");
2852 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
2853 		spa_load_note(spa, "MOS vdev tree:");
2854 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(mrvd, 2);
2855 	}
2856 	if (copy_error != 0) {
2857 		spa_load_note(spa, "vdev_copy_path_strict failed, falling "
2858 		    "back to vdev_copy_path_relaxed");
2859 		vdev_copy_path_relaxed(rvd, mrvd);
2860 	}
2861 
2862 	vdev_close(rvd);
2863 	vdev_free(rvd);
2864 	spa->spa_root_vdev = mrvd;
2865 	rvd = mrvd;
2866 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2867 
2868 	/*
2869 	 * We will use spa_config if we decide to reload the spa or if spa_load
2870 	 * fails and we rewind. We must thus regenerate the config using the
2871 	 * MOS information with the updated paths. ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY is used to
2872 	 * pass settings on how to load the pool and is not stored in the MOS.
2873 	 * We copy it over to our new, trusted config.
2874 	 */
2875 	mos_config_txg = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config,
2876 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG);
2877 	nvlist_free(mos_config);
2878 	mos_config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, mos_config_txg, B_FALSE);
2879 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY,
2880 	    &policy) == 0)
2881 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(mos_config, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY, policy);
2882 	spa_config_set(spa, mos_config);
2883 	spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_MOS;
2884 
2885 	/*
2886 	 * Now that we got the config from the MOS, we should be more strict
2887 	 * in checking blkptrs and can make assumptions about the consistency
2888 	 * of the vdev tree. spa_trust_config must be set to true before opening
2889 	 * vdevs in order for them to be writeable.
2890 	 */
2891 	spa->spa_trust_config = B_TRUE;
2892 
2893 	/*
2894 	 * Open and validate the new vdev tree
2895 	 */
2896 	error = spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa);
2897 	if (error != 0)
2898 		return (error);
2899 
2900 	error = spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa);
2901 	if (error != 0)
2902 		return (error);
2903 
2904 	if (copy_error != 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree) {
2905 		spa_load_note(spa, "final vdev tree:");
2906 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
2907 	}
2908 
2909 	if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT &&
2910 	    !spa->spa_extreme_rewind && zfs_max_missing_tvds == 0) {
2911 		/*
2912 		 * Sanity check to make sure that we are indeed loading the
2913 		 * latest uberblock. If we missed SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS tvds
2914 		 * in the config provided and they happened to be the only ones
2915 		 * to have the latest uberblock, we could involuntarily perform
2916 		 * an extreme rewind.
2917 		 */
2918 		healthy_tvds_mos = spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa);
2919 		if (healthy_tvds_mos - healthy_tvds >=
2920 		    SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS) {
2921 			spa_load_note(spa, "config provided misses too many "
2922 			    "top-level vdevs compared to MOS (%lld vs %lld). ",
2923 			    (u_longlong_t)healthy_tvds,
2924 			    (u_longlong_t)healthy_tvds_mos);
2925 			spa_load_note(spa, "vdev tree:");
2926 			vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
2927 			if (reloading) {
2928 				spa_load_failed(spa, "config was already "
2929 				    "provided from MOS. Aborting.");
2930 				return (spa_vdev_err(rvd,
2931 				    VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2932 			}
2933 			spa_load_note(spa, "spa must be reloaded using MOS "
2934 			    "config");
2935 			return (SET_ERROR(EAGAIN));
2936 		}
2937 	}
2938 
2939 	error = spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa);
2940 	if (error != 0)
2941 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM, ENXIO));
2942 
2943 	if (rvd->vdev_guid_sum != spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum) {
2944 		spa_load_failed(spa, "uberblock guid sum doesn't match MOS "
2945 		    "guid sum (%llu != %llu)",
2946 		    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum,
2947 		    (u_longlong_t)rvd->vdev_guid_sum);
2948 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM,
2949 		    ENXIO));
2950 	}
2951 
2952 	return (0);
2953 }
2954 
2955 static int
2956 spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa_t *spa)
2957 {
2958 	int error = 0;
2959 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2960 
2961 	/*
2962 	 * Everything that we read before spa_remove_init() must be stored
2963 	 * on concreted vdevs.  Therefore we do this as early as possible.
2964 	 */
2965 	error = spa_remove_init(spa);
2966 	if (error != 0) {
2967 		spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_remove_init failed [error=%d]",
2968 		    error);
2969 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2970 	}
2971 
2972 	/*
2973 	 * Retrieve information needed to condense indirect vdev mappings.
2974 	 */
2975 	error = spa_condense_init(spa);
2976 	if (error != 0) {
2977 		spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_condense_init failed [error=%d]",
2978 		    error);
2979 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error));
2980 	}
2981 
2982 	return (0);
2983 }
2984 
2985 static int
2986 spa_ld_check_features(spa_t *spa, boolean_t *missing_feat_writep)
2987 {
2988 	int error = 0;
2989 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2990 
2991 	if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2992 		boolean_t missing_feat_read = B_FALSE;
2993 		nvlist_t *unsup_feat, *enabled_feat;
2994 
2995 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ,
2996 		    &spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) {
2997 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2998 		}
2999 
3000 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE,
3001 		    &spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) {
3002 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3003 		}
3004 
3005 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS,
3006 		    &spa->spa_feat_desc_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) {
3007 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3008 		}
3009 
3010 		enabled_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
3011 		unsup_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
3012 
3013 		if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_FALSE,
3014 		    unsup_feat, enabled_feat))
3015 			missing_feat_read = B_TRUE;
3016 
3017 		if (spa_writeable(spa) ||
3018 		    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
3019 			if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_TRUE,
3020 			    unsup_feat, enabled_feat)) {
3021 				*missing_feat_writep = B_TRUE;
3022 			}
3023 		}
3024 
3025 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
3026 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT, enabled_feat);
3027 
3028 		if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
3029 			fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
3030 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat);
3031 		}
3032 
3033 		fnvlist_free(enabled_feat);
3034 		fnvlist_free(unsup_feat);
3035 
3036 		if (!missing_feat_read) {
3037 			fnvlist_add_boolean(spa->spa_load_info,
3038 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY);
3039 		}
3040 
3041 		/*
3042 		 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
3043 		 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
3044 		 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
3045 		 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
3046 		 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
3047 		 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import
3048 		 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
3049 		 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
3050 		 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
3051 		 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
3052 		 * available for open in read-only mode.
3053 		 *
3054 		 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
3055 		 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
3056 		 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
3057 		 * userland in order to know whether to display the
3058 		 * abovementioned note.
3059 		 */
3060 		if (missing_feat_read || (*missing_feat_writep &&
3061 		    spa_writeable(spa))) {
3062 			spa_load_failed(spa, "pool uses unsupported features");
3063 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
3064 			    ENOTSUP));
3065 		}
3066 
3067 		/*
3068 		 * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory
3069 		 * cache during SPA initialization.
3070 		 */
3071 		for (spa_feature_t i = 0; i < SPA_FEATURES; i++) {
3072 			uint64_t refcount;
3073 
3074 			error = feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa,
3075 			    &spa_feature_table[i], &refcount);
3076 			if (error == 0) {
3077 				spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] = refcount;
3078 			} else if (error == ENOTSUP) {
3079 				spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] =
3080 				    SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED;
3081 			} else {
3082 				spa_load_failed(spa, "error getting refcount "
3083 				    "for feature %s [error=%d]",
3084 				    spa_feature_table[i].fi_guid, error);
3085 				return (spa_vdev_err(rvd,
3086 				    VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3087 			}
3088 		}
3089 	}
3090 
3091 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG)) {
3092 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG,
3093 		    &spa->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj, B_TRUE) != 0)
3094 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3095 	}
3096 
3097 	return (0);
3098 }
3099 
3100 static int
3101 spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa_t *spa)
3102 {
3103 	int error = 0;
3104 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3105 
3106 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
3107 	error = dsl_pool_open(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
3108 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
3109 	if (error != 0) {
3110 		spa_load_failed(spa, "dsl_pool_open failed [error=%d]", error);
3111 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3112 	}
3113 
3114 	return (0);
3115 }
3116 
3117 static int
3118 spa_ld_get_props(spa_t *spa)
3119 {
3120 	int error = 0;
3121 	uint64_t obj;
3122 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3123 
3124 	/* Grab the secret checksum salt from the MOS. */
3125 	error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
3126 	    DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
3127 	    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
3128 	    spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes);
3129 	if (error == ENOENT) {
3130 		/* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */
3131 		(void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
3132 		    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
3133 	} else if (error != 0) {
3134 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve checksum salt from "
3135 		    "MOS [error=%d]", error);
3136 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3137 	}
3138 
3139 	if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ, &obj, B_TRUE) != 0)
3140 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3141 	error = bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, spa->spa_meta_objset, obj);
3142 	if (error != 0) {
3143 		spa_load_failed(spa, "error opening deferred-frees bpobj "
3144 		    "[error=%d]", error);
3145 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3146 	}
3147 
3148 	/*
3149 	 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
3150 	 * (raid-z deflation).  If we have an older pool, this will not
3151 	 * be present.
3152 	 */
3153 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE, &spa->spa_deflate, B_FALSE);
3154 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3155 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3156 
3157 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
3158 	    &spa->spa_creation_version, B_FALSE);
3159 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3160 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3161 
3162 	/*
3163 	 * Load the persistent error log.  If we have an older pool, this will
3164 	 * not be present.
3165 	 */
3166 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST, &spa->spa_errlog_last,
3167 	    B_FALSE);
3168 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3169 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3170 
3171 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB,
3172 	    &spa->spa_errlog_scrub, B_FALSE);
3173 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3174 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3175 
3176 	/*
3177 	 * Load the history object.  If we have an older pool, this
3178 	 * will not be present.
3179 	 */
3180 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_HISTORY, &spa->spa_history, B_FALSE);
3181 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3182 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3183 
3184 	/*
3185 	 * Load the per-vdev ZAP map. If we have an older pool, this will not
3186 	 * be present; in this case, defer its creation to a later time to
3187 	 * avoid dirtying the MOS this early / out of sync context. See
3188 	 * spa_sync_config_object.
3189 	 */
3190 
3191 	/* The sentinel is only available in the MOS config. */
3192 	nvlist_t *mos_config;
3193 	if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &mos_config) != 0) {
3194 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
3195 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3196 	}
3197 
3198 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP,
3199 	    &spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, B_FALSE);
3200 
3201 	if (error == ENOENT) {
3202 		VERIFY(!nvlist_exists(mos_config,
3203 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS));
3204 		spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE;
3205 		ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev));
3206 	} else if (error != 0) {
3207 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3208 	} else if (!nvlist_exists(mos_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS)) {
3209 		/*
3210 		 * An older version of ZFS overwrote the sentinel value, so
3211 		 * we have orphaned per-vdev ZAPs in the MOS. Defer their
3212 		 * destruction to later; see spa_sync_config_object.
3213 		 */
3214 		spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY;
3215 		/*
3216 		 * We're assuming that no vdevs have had their ZAPs created
3217 		 * before this. Better be sure of it.
3218 		 */
3219 		ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev));
3220 	}
3221 	nvlist_free(mos_config);
3222 
3223 	spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
3224 
3225 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_PROPS, &spa->spa_pool_props_object,
3226 	    B_FALSE);
3227 	if (error && error != ENOENT)
3228 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3229 
3230 	if (error == 0) {
3231 		uint64_t autoreplace;
3232 
3233 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS, &spa->spa_bootfs);
3234 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE, &autoreplace);
3235 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION, &spa->spa_delegation);
3236 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE, &spa->spa_failmode);
3237 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND, &spa->spa_autoexpand);
3238 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO,
3239 		    &spa->spa_dedup_ditto);
3240 
3241 		spa->spa_autoreplace = (autoreplace != 0);
3242 	}
3243 
3244 	/*
3245 	 * If we are importing a pool with missing top-level vdevs,
3246 	 * we enforce that the pool doesn't panic or get suspended on
3247 	 * error since the likelihood of missing data is extremely high.
3248 	 */
3249 	if (spa->spa_missing_tvds > 0 &&
3250 	    spa->spa_failmode != ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE &&
3251 	    spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
3252 		spa_load_note(spa, "forcing failmode to 'continue' "
3253 		    "as some top level vdevs are missing");
3254 		spa->spa_failmode = ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE;
3255 	}
3256 
3257 	return (0);
3258 }
3259 
3260 static int
3261 spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
3262 {
3263 	int error = 0;
3264 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3265 
3266 	/*
3267 	 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
3268 	 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
3269 	 * devices.
3270 	 */
3271 
3272 	/*
3273 	 * Load any hot spares for this pool.
3274 	 */
3275 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SPARES, &spa->spa_spares.sav_object,
3276 	    B_FALSE);
3277 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3278 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3279 	if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
3280 		ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
3281 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_object,
3282 		    &spa->spa_spares.sav_config) != 0) {
3283 			spa_load_failed(spa, "error loading spares nvlist");
3284 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3285 		}
3286 
3287 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3288 		spa_load_spares(spa);
3289 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3290 	} else if (error == 0) {
3291 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
3292 	}
3293 
3294 	/*
3295 	 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
3296 	 */
3297 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE,
3298 	    &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object, B_FALSE);
3299 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
3300 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3301 	if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
3302 		ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE);
3303 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object,
3304 		    &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) != 0) {
3305 			spa_load_failed(spa, "error loading l2cache nvlist");
3306 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3307 		}
3308 
3309 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3310 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
3311 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3312 	} else if (error == 0) {
3313 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
3314 	}
3315 
3316 	return (0);
3317 }
3318 
3319 static int
3320 spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa_t *spa)
3321 {
3322 	int error = 0;
3323 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3324 
3325 	/*
3326 	 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
3327 	 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
3328 	 * devices.  We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
3329 	 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
3330 	 * over.
3331 	 */
3332 	if (spa->spa_autoreplace && spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
3333 		spa_check_removed(spa->spa_root_vdev);
3334 		/*
3335 		 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
3336 		 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from
3337 		 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
3338 		 */
3339 		if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_IMPORT) {
3340 			spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
3341 			spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
3342 		}
3343 	}
3344 
3345 	/*
3346 	 * Load the vdev metadata such as metaslabs, DTLs, spacemap object, etc.
3347 	 */
3348 	error = vdev_load(rvd);
3349 	if (error != 0) {
3350 		spa_load_failed(spa, "vdev_load failed [error=%d]", error);
3351 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error));
3352 	}
3353 
3354 	/*
3355 	 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the vdev tree.
3356 	 */
3357 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3358 	vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd, 0, 0, B_FALSE);
3359 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3360 
3361 	return (0);
3362 }
3363 
3364 static int
3365 spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa_t *spa)
3366 {
3367 	int error = 0;
3368 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3369 
3370 	error = ddt_load(spa);
3371 	if (error != 0) {
3372 		spa_load_failed(spa, "ddt_load failed [error=%d]", error);
3373 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
3374 	}
3375 
3376 	return (0);
3377 }
3378 
3379 static int
3380 spa_ld_verify_logs(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport)
3381 {
3382 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3383 
3384 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa_writeable(spa)) {
3385 		boolean_t missing = spa_check_logs(spa);
3386 		if (missing) {
3387 			if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0) {
3388 				spa_load_note(spa, "spa_check_logs failed "
3389 				    "so dropping the logs");
3390 			} else {
3391 				*ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY;
3392 				spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_check_logs failed");
3393 				return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG,
3394 				    ENXIO));
3395 			}
3396 		}
3397 	}
3398 
3399 	return (0);
3400 }
3401 
3402 static int
3403 spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa_t *spa)
3404 {
3405 	int error = 0;
3406 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3407 
3408 	/*
3409 	 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
3410 	 * to start pushing transactions.
3411 	 */
3412 	if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
3413 		error = spa_load_verify(spa);
3414 		if (error != 0) {
3415 			spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_load_verify failed "
3416 			    "[error=%d]", error);
3417 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
3418 			    error));
3419 		}
3420 	}
3421 
3422 	return (0);
3423 }
3424 
3425 static void
3426 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa_t *spa)
3427 {
3428 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
3429 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
3430 
3431 	/*
3432 	 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
3433 	 * This must all happen in a single txg.
3434 	 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
3435 	 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
3436 	 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
3437 	 */
3438 	spa->spa_claiming = B_TRUE;
3439 
3440 	tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, spa_first_txg(spa));
3441 	(void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
3442 	    zil_claim, tx, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
3443 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
3444 
3445 	spa->spa_claiming = B_FALSE;
3446 
3447 	spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_GOOD);
3448 }
3449 
3450 static void
3451 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa_t *spa, uint64_t config_cache_txg,
3452     boolean_t update_config_cache)
3453 {
3454 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3455 	int need_update = B_FALSE;
3456 
3457 	/*
3458 	 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
3459 	 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
3460 	 *
3461 	 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
3462 	 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
3463 	 */
3464 	if (update_config_cache || config_cache_txg != spa->spa_config_txg ||
3465 	    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
3466 	    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
3467 	    (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM))
3468 		need_update = B_TRUE;
3469 
3470 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++)
3471 		if (rvd->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ms_array == 0)
3472 			need_update = B_TRUE;
3473 
3474 	/*
3475 	 * Update the config cache asychronously in case we're the
3476 	 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
3477 	 */
3478 	if (need_update)
3479 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
3480 }
3481 
3482 static void
3483 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa_t *spa)
3484 {
3485 	int mode = spa->spa_mode;
3486 	int async_suspended = spa->spa_async_suspended;
3487 
3488 	spa_unload(spa);
3489 	spa_deactivate(spa);
3490 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
3491 
3492 	/*
3493 	 * We save the value of spa_async_suspended as it gets reset to 0 by
3494 	 * spa_unload(). We want to restore it back to the original value before
3495 	 * returning as we might be calling spa_async_resume() later.
3496 	 */
3497 	spa->spa_async_suspended = async_suspended;
3498 }
3499 
3500 static int
3501 spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa_t *spa)
3502 {
3503 	uberblock_t checkpoint;
3504 	int error = 0;
3505 
3506 	ASSERT0(spa->spa_checkpoint_txg);
3507 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
3508 
3509 	error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
3510 	    DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT, sizeof (uint64_t),
3511 	    sizeof (uberblock_t) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint);
3512 
3513 	if (error == ENOENT)
3514 		return (0);
3515 
3516 	if (error != 0)
3517 		return (error);
3518 
3519 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, !=, 0);
3520 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_checkpoint_txg, !=, 0);
3521 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_timestamp, !=, 0);
3522 	spa->spa_checkpoint_txg = checkpoint.ub_txg;
3523 	spa->spa_checkpoint_info.sci_timestamp = checkpoint.ub_timestamp;
3524 
3525 	return (0);
3526 }
3527 
3528 static int
3529 spa_ld_mos_init(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
3530 {
3531 	int error = 0;
3532 
3533 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
3534 	ASSERT(spa->spa_config_source != SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE);
3535 
3536 	/*
3537 	 * Never trust the config that is provided unless we are assembling
3538 	 * a pool following a split.
3539 	 * This means don't trust blkptrs and the vdev tree in general. This
3540 	 * also effectively puts the spa in read-only mode since
3541 	 * spa_writeable() checks for spa_trust_config to be true.
3542 	 * We will later load a trusted config from the MOS.
3543 	 */
3544 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE)
3545 		spa->spa_trust_config = B_FALSE;
3546 
3547 	/*
3548 	 * Parse the config provided to create a vdev tree.
3549 	 */
3550 	error = spa_ld_parse_config(spa, type);
3551 	if (error != 0)
3552 		return (error);
3553 
3554 	/*
3555 	 * Now that we have the vdev tree, try to open each vdev. This involves
3556 	 * opening the underlying physical device, retrieving its geometry and
3557 	 * probing the vdev with a dummy I/O. The state of each vdev will be set
3558 	 * based on the success of those operations. After this we'll be ready
3559 	 * to read from the vdevs.
3560 	 */
3561 	error = spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa);
3562 	if (error != 0)
3563 		return (error);
3564 
3565 	/*
3566 	 * Read the label of each vdev and make sure that the GUIDs stored
3567 	 * there match the GUIDs in the config provided.
3568 	 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
3569 	 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
3570 	 * validation for now.
3571 	 */
3572 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
3573 		error = spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa);
3574 		if (error != 0)
3575 			return (error);
3576 	}
3577 
3578 	/*
3579 	 * Read all vdev labels to find the best uberblock (i.e. latest,
3580 	 * unless spa_load_max_txg is set) and store it in spa_uberblock. We
3581 	 * get the list of features required to read blkptrs in the MOS from
3582 	 * the vdev label with the best uberblock and verify that our version
3583 	 * of zfs supports them all.
3584 	 */
3585 	error = spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa, type);
3586 	if (error != 0)
3587 		return (error);
3588 
3589 	/*
3590 	 * Pass that uberblock to the dsl_pool layer which will open the root
3591 	 * blkptr. This blkptr points to the latest version of the MOS and will
3592 	 * allow us to read its contents.
3593 	 */
3594 	error = spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa);
3595 	if (error != 0)
3596 		return (error);
3597 
3598 	return (0);
3599 }
3600 
3601 static int
3602 spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa_t *spa)
3603 {
3604 	uberblock_t checkpoint;
3605 	int error = 0;
3606 
3607 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
3608 	ASSERT(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT);
3609 
3610 	error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
3611 	    DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT, sizeof (uint64_t),
3612 	    sizeof (uberblock_t) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint);
3613 
3614 	if (error != 0) {
3615 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve checkpointed "
3616 		    "uberblock from the MOS config [error=%d]", error);
3617 
3618 		if (error == ENOENT)
3619 			error = ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT;
3620 
3621 		return (error);
3622 	}
3623 
3624 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, <, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg);
3625 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, ==, checkpoint.ub_checkpoint_txg);
3626 
3627 	/*
3628 	 * We need to update the txg and timestamp of the checkpointed
3629 	 * uberblock to be higher than the latest one. This ensures that
3630 	 * the checkpointed uberblock is selected if we were to close and
3631 	 * reopen the pool right after we've written it in the vdev labels.
3632 	 * (also see block comment in vdev_uberblock_compare)
3633 	 */
3634 	checkpoint.ub_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg + 1;
3635 	checkpoint.ub_timestamp = gethrestime_sec();
3636 
3637 	/*
3638 	 * Set current uberblock to be the checkpointed uberblock.
3639 	 */
3640 	spa->spa_uberblock = checkpoint;
3641 
3642 	/*
3643 	 * If we are doing a normal rewind, then the pool is open for
3644 	 * writing and we sync the "updated" checkpointed uberblock to
3645 	 * disk. Once this is done, we've basically rewound the whole
3646 	 * pool and there is no way back.
3647 	 *
3648 	 * There are cases when we don't want to attempt and sync the
3649 	 * checkpointed uberblock to disk because we are opening a
3650 	 * pool as read-only. Specifically, verifying the checkpointed
3651 	 * state with zdb, and importing the checkpointed state to get
3652 	 * a "preview" of its content.
3653 	 */
3654 	if (spa_writeable(spa)) {
3655 		vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3656 
3657 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3658 		vdev_t *svd[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS] = { NULL };
3659 		int svdcount = 0;
3660 		int children = rvd->vdev_children;
3661 		int c0 = spa_get_random(children);
3662 
3663 		for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
3664 			vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children];
3665 
3666 			/* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
3667 			if (c > 0 && svd[0] == vd)
3668 				break;
3669 
3670 			if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 || vd->vdev_islog ||
3671 			    !vdev_is_concrete(vd))
3672 				continue;
3673 
3674 			svd[svdcount++] = vd;
3675 			if (svdcount == SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS)
3676 				break;
3677 		}
3678 		error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, spa->spa_first_txg);
3679 		if (error == 0)
3680 			spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid;
3681 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3682 
3683 		if (error != 0) {
3684 			spa_load_failed(spa, "failed to write checkpointed "
3685 			    "uberblock to the vdev labels [error=%d]", error);
3686 			return (error);
3687 		}
3688 	}
3689 
3690 	return (0);
3691 }
3692 
3693 static int
3694 spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type,
3695     boolean_t *update_config_cache)
3696 {
3697 	int error;
3698 
3699 	/*
3700 	 * Parse the config for pool, open and validate vdevs,
3701 	 * select an uberblock, and use that uberblock to open
3702 	 * the MOS.
3703 	 */
3704 	error = spa_ld_mos_init(spa, type);
3705 	if (error != 0)
3706 		return (error);
3707 
3708 	/*
3709 	 * Retrieve the trusted config stored in the MOS and use it to create
3710 	 * a new, exact version of the vdev tree, then reopen all vdevs.
3711 	 */
3712 	error = spa_ld_trusted_config(spa, type, B_FALSE);
3713 	if (error == EAGAIN) {
3714 		if (update_config_cache != NULL)
3715 			*update_config_cache = B_TRUE;
3716 
3717 		/*
3718 		 * Redo the loading process with the trusted config if it is
3719 		 * too different from the untrusted config.
3720 		 */
3721 		spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa);
3722 		spa_load_note(spa, "RELOADING");
3723 		error = spa_ld_mos_init(spa, type);
3724 		if (error != 0)
3725 			return (error);
3726 
3727 		error = spa_ld_trusted_config(spa, type, B_TRUE);
3728 		if (error != 0)
3729 			return (error);
3730 
3731 	} else if (error != 0) {
3732 		return (error);
3733 	}
3734 
3735 	return (0);
3736 }
3737 
3738 /*
3739  * Load an existing storage pool, using the config provided. This config
3740  * describes which vdevs are part of the pool and is later validated against
3741  * partial configs present in each vdev's label and an entire copy of the
3742  * config stored in the MOS.
3743  */
3744 static int
3745 spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport)
3746 {
3747 	int error = 0;
3748 	boolean_t missing_feat_write = B_FALSE;
3749 	boolean_t checkpoint_rewind =
3750 	    (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT);
3751 	boolean_t update_config_cache = B_FALSE;
3752 
3753 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
3754 	ASSERT(spa->spa_config_source != SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE);
3755 
3756 	spa_load_note(spa, "LOADING");
3757 
3758 	error = spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa, type, &update_config_cache);
3759 	if (error != 0)
3760 		return (error);
3761 
3762 	/*
3763 	 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint then we need to repeat
3764 	 * everything we've done so far in this function but this time
3765 	 * selecting the checkpointed uberblock and using that to open
3766 	 * the MOS.
3767 	 */
3768 	if (checkpoint_rewind) {
3769 		/*
3770 		 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint update config cache
3771 		 * anyway.
3772 		 */
3773 		update_config_cache = B_TRUE;
3774 
3775 		/*
3776 		 * Extract the checkpointed uberblock from the current MOS
3777 		 * and use this as the pool's uberblock from now on. If the
3778 		 * pool is imported as writeable we also write the checkpoint
3779 		 * uberblock to the labels, making the rewind permanent.
3780 		 */
3781 		error = spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa);
3782 		if (error != 0)
3783 			return (error);
3784 
3785 		/*
3786 		 * Redo the loading process process again with the
3787 		 * checkpointed uberblock.
3788 		 */
3789 		spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa);
3790 		spa_load_note(spa, "LOADING checkpointed uberblock");
3791 		error = spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa, type, NULL);
3792 		if (error != 0)
3793 			return (error);
3794 	}
3795 
3796 	/*
3797 	 * Retrieve the checkpoint txg if the pool has a checkpoint.
3798 	 */
3799 	error = spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa);
3800 	if (error != 0)
3801 		return (error);
3802 
3803 	/*
3804 	 * Retrieve the mapping of indirect vdevs. Those vdevs were removed
3805 	 * from the pool and their contents were re-mapped to other vdevs. Note
3806 	 * that everything that we read before this step must have been
3807 	 * rewritten on concrete vdevs after the last device removal was
3808 	 * initiated. Otherwise we could be reading from indirect vdevs before
3809 	 * we have loaded their mappings.
3810 	 */
3811 	error = spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa);
3812 	if (error != 0)
3813 		return (error);
3814 
3815 	/*
3816 	 * Retrieve the full list of active features from the MOS and check if
3817 	 * they are all supported.
3818 	 */
3819 	error = spa_ld_check_features(spa, &missing_feat_write);
3820 	if (error != 0)
3821 		return (error);
3822 
3823 	/*
3824 	 * Load several special directories from the MOS needed by the dsl_pool
3825 	 * layer.
3826 	 */
3827 	error = spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa);
3828 	if (error != 0)
3829 		return (error);
3830 
3831 	/*
3832 	 * Retrieve pool properties from the MOS.
3833 	 */
3834 	error = spa_ld_get_props(spa);
3835 	if (error != 0)
3836 		return (error);
3837 
3838 	/*
3839 	 * Retrieve the list of auxiliary devices - cache devices and spares -
3840 	 * and open them.
3841 	 */
3842 	error = spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa, type);
3843 	if (error != 0)
3844 		return (error);
3845 
3846 	/*
3847 	 * Load the metadata for all vdevs. Also check if unopenable devices
3848 	 * should be autoreplaced.
3849 	 */
3850 	error = spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa);
3851 	if (error != 0)
3852 		return (error);
3853 
3854 	error = spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa);
3855 	if (error != 0)
3856 		return (error);
3857 
3858 	/*
3859 	 * Verify the logs now to make sure we don't have any unexpected errors
3860 	 * when we claim log blocks later.
3861 	 */
3862 	error = spa_ld_verify_logs(spa, type, ereport);
3863 	if (error != 0)
3864 		return (error);
3865 
3866 	if (missing_feat_write) {
3867 		ASSERT(spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
3868 
3869 		/*
3870 		 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
3871 		 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
3872 		 * information and can return to userland.
3873 		 */
3874 		return (spa_vdev_err(spa->spa_root_vdev, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
3875 		    ENOTSUP));
3876 	}
3877 
3878 	/*
3879 	 * Traverse the last txgs to make sure the pool was left off in a safe
3880 	 * state. When performing an extreme rewind, we verify the whole pool,
3881 	 * which can take a very long time.
3882 	 */
3883 	error = spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa);
3884 	if (error != 0)
3885 		return (error);
3886 
3887 	/*
3888 	 * Calculate the deflated space for the pool. This must be done before
3889 	 * we write anything to the pool because we'd need to update the space
3890 	 * accounting using the deflated sizes.
3891 	 */
3892 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
3893 
3894 	/*
3895 	 * We have now retrieved all the information we needed to open the
3896 	 * pool. If we are importing the pool in read-write mode, a few
3897 	 * additional steps must be performed to finish the import.
3898 	 */
3899 	if (spa_writeable(spa) && (spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
3900 	    spa->spa_load_max_txg == UINT64_MAX)) {
3901 		uint64_t config_cache_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
3902 
3903 		ASSERT(spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
3904 
3905 		/*
3906 		 * In case of a checkpoint rewind, log the original txg
3907 		 * of the checkpointed uberblock.
3908 		 */
3909 		if (checkpoint_rewind) {
3910 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "checkpoint rewind",
3911 			    NULL, "rewound state to txg=%llu",
3912 			    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_uberblock.ub_checkpoint_txg);
3913 		}
3914 
3915 		/*
3916 		 * Traverse the ZIL and claim all blocks.
3917 		 */
3918 		spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa);
3919 
3920 		/*
3921 		 * Kick-off the syncing thread.
3922 		 */
3923 		spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
3924 		txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
3925 
3926 		/*
3927 		 * Wait for all claims to sync.  We sync up to the highest
3928 		 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
3929 		 * don't appear to be from the future.  spa_claim_max_txg
3930 		 * will have been set for us by ZIL traversal operations
3931 		 * performed above.
3932 		 */
3933 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, spa->spa_claim_max_txg);
3934 
3935 		/*
3936 		 * Check if we need to request an update of the config. On the
3937 		 * next sync, we would update the config stored in vdev labels
3938 		 * and the cachefile (by default /etc/zfs/zpool.cache).
3939 		 */
3940 		spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa, config_cache_txg,
3941 		    update_config_cache);
3942 
3943 		/*
3944 		 * Check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
3945 		 */
3946 		if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool) &&
3947 		    vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL))
3948 			spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER);
3949 
3950 		/*
3951 		 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
3952 		 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
3953 		 */
3954 		spa_history_log_version(spa, "open");
3955 
3956 		spa_restart_removal(spa);
3957 		spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa);
3958 
3959 		/*
3960 		 * Delete any inconsistent datasets.
3961 		 *
3962 		 * Note:
3963 		 * Since we may be issuing deletes for clones here,
3964 		 * we make sure to do so after we've spawned all the
3965 		 * auxiliary threads above (from which the livelist
3966 		 * deletion zthr is part of).
3967 		 */
3968 		(void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa),
3969 		    dsl_destroy_inconsistent, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
3970 
3971 		/*
3972 		 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
3973 		 */
3974 		dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
3975 
3976 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
3977 		vdev_initialize_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev);
3978 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
3979 	}
3980 
3981 	spa_load_note(spa, "LOADED");
3982 
3983 	return (0);
3984 }
3985 
3986 static int
3987 spa_load_retry(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state)
3988 {
3989 	int mode = spa->spa_mode;
3990 
3991 	spa_unload(spa);
3992 	spa_deactivate(spa);
3993 
3994 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg - 1;
3995 
3996 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
3997 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
3998 
3999 	spa_load_note(spa, "spa_load_retry: rewind, max txg: %llu",
4000 	    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_load_max_txg);
4001 
4002 	return (spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING));
4003 }
4004 
4005 /*
4006  * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
4007  * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
4008  * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
4009  * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
4010  * spa_load().
4011  */
4012 static int
4013 spa_load_best(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, uint64_t max_request,
4014     int rewind_flags)
4015 {
4016 	nvlist_t *loadinfo = NULL;
4017 	nvlist_t *config = NULL;
4018 	int load_error, rewind_error;
4019 	uint64_t safe_rewind_txg;
4020 	uint64_t min_txg;
4021 
4022 	if (spa->spa_load_txg && state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
4023 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_load_txg;
4024 		spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
4025 	} else {
4026 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = max_request;
4027 		if (max_request != UINT64_MAX)
4028 			spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
4029 	}
4030 
4031 	load_error = rewind_error = spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING);
4032 	if (load_error == 0)
4033 		return (0);
4034 	if (load_error == ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT) {
4035 		/*
4036 		 * When attempting checkpoint-rewind on a pool with no
4037 		 * checkpoint, we should not attempt to load uberblocks
4038 		 * from previous txgs when spa_load fails.
4039 		 */
4040 		ASSERT(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT);
4041 		return (load_error);
4042 	}
4043 
4044 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL)
4045 		config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
4046 
4047 	spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
4048 	spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
4049 
4050 	if (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND) {
4051 		nvlist_free(config);
4052 		return (load_error);
4053 	}
4054 
4055 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
4056 		/* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
4057 		spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
4058 	} else {
4059 		/*
4060 		 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
4061 		 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
4062 		 * to rewind.
4063 		 */
4064 		loadinfo = spa->spa_load_info;
4065 		spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
4066 	}
4067 
4068 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg;
4069 	safe_rewind_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg - TXG_DEFER_SIZE;
4070 	min_txg = (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND) ?
4071 	    TXG_INITIAL : safe_rewind_txg;
4072 
4073 	/*
4074 	 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
4075 	 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
4076 	 */
4077 	while (rewind_error && spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg >= min_txg &&
4078 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg <= spa->spa_load_max_txg) {
4079 		if (spa->spa_load_max_txg < safe_rewind_txg)
4080 			spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
4081 		rewind_error = spa_load_retry(spa, state);
4082 	}
4083 
4084 	spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_FALSE;
4085 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = UINT64_MAX;
4086 
4087 	if (config && (rewind_error || state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER))
4088 		spa_config_set(spa, config);
4089 	else
4090 		nvlist_free(config);
4091 
4092 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
4093 		ASSERT3P(loadinfo, ==, NULL);
4094 		return (rewind_error);
4095 	} else {
4096 		/* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
4097 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO,
4098 		    spa->spa_load_info);
4099 
4100 		/* Restore the initial load info */
4101 		fnvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
4102 		spa->spa_load_info = loadinfo;
4103 
4104 		return (load_error);
4105 	}
4106 }
4107 
4108 /*
4109  * Pool Open/Import
4110  *
4111  * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
4112  * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache.  For the
4113  * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
4114  * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
4115  *
4116  * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
4117  * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
4118  * ambiguous state.
4119  */
4120 static int
4121 spa_open_common(const char *pool, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *nvpolicy,
4122     nvlist_t **config)
4123 {
4124 	spa_t *spa;
4125 	spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_OPEN;
4126 	int error;
4127 	int locked = B_FALSE;
4128 	int firstopen = B_FALSE;
4129 
4130 	*spapp = NULL;
4131 
4132 	/*
4133 	 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
4134 	 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
4135 	 * up calling spa_open() again.  The real fix is to figure out how to
4136 	 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
4137 	 */
4138 	if (mutex_owner(&spa_namespace_lock) != curthread) {
4139 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4140 		locked = B_TRUE;
4141 	}
4142 
4143 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
4144 		if (locked)
4145 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4146 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
4147 	}
4148 
4149 	if (spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
4150 		zpool_load_policy_t policy;
4151 
4152 		firstopen = B_TRUE;
4153 
4154 		zpool_get_load_policy(nvpolicy ? nvpolicy : spa->spa_config,
4155 		    &policy);
4156 		if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
4157 			state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
4158 
4159 		spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
4160 
4161 		if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER)
4162 			spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
4163 		spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE;
4164 
4165 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_open_common: opening %s", pool);
4166 		error = spa_load_best(spa, state, policy.zlp_txg,
4167 		    policy.zlp_rewind);
4168 
4169 		if (error == EBADF) {
4170 			/*
4171 			 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
4172 			 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
4173 			 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed.  If
4174 			 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
4175 			 * we should remove the pool from the namespace.
4176 			 */
4177 			spa_unload(spa);
4178 			spa_deactivate(spa);
4179 			spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
4180 			spa_remove(spa);
4181 			if (locked)
4182 				mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4183 			return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
4184 		}
4185 
4186 		if (error) {
4187 			/*
4188 			 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
4189 			 * information: the state of each vdev after the
4190 			 * attempted vdev_open().  Return this to the user.
4191 			 */
4192 			if (config != NULL && spa->spa_config) {
4193 				VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, config,
4194 				    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4195 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config,
4196 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
4197 				    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
4198 			}
4199 			spa_unload(spa);
4200 			spa_deactivate(spa);
4201 			spa->spa_last_open_failed = error;
4202 			if (locked)
4203 				mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4204 			*spapp = NULL;
4205 			return (error);
4206 		}
4207 	}
4208 
4209 	spa_open_ref(spa, tag);
4210 
4211 	if (config != NULL)
4212 		*config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
4213 
4214 	/*
4215 	 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
4216 	 * gathered while doing the load.
4217 	 */
4218 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
4219 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
4220 		    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
4221 	}
4222 
4223 	if (locked) {
4224 		spa->spa_last_open_failed = 0;
4225 		spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = 0;
4226 		spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
4227 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4228 #ifdef __FreeBSD__
4229 #ifdef _KERNEL
4230 		if (firstopen)
4231 			zvol_create_minors(spa->spa_name);
4232 #endif
4233 #endif
4234 	}
4235 
4236 	*spapp = spa;
4237 
4238 	return (0);
4239 }
4240 
4241 int
4242 spa_open_rewind(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *policy,
4243     nvlist_t **config)
4244 {
4245 	return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, policy, config));
4246 }
4247 
4248 int
4249 spa_open(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag)
4250 {
4251 	return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, NULL, NULL));
4252 }
4253 
4254 /*
4255  * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
4256  * preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
4257  */
4258 spa_t *
4259 spa_inject_addref(char *name)
4260 {
4261 	spa_t *spa;
4262 
4263 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4264 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) {
4265 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4266 		return (NULL);
4267 	}
4268 	spa->spa_inject_ref++;
4269 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4270 
4271 	return (spa);
4272 }
4273 
4274 void
4275 spa_inject_delref(spa_t *spa)
4276 {
4277 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4278 	spa->spa_inject_ref--;
4279 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4280 }
4281 
4282 /*
4283  * Add spares device information to the nvlist.
4284  */
4285 static void
4286 spa_add_spares(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
4287 {
4288 	nvlist_t **spares;
4289 	uint_t i, nspares;
4290 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
4291 	uint64_t guid;
4292 	vdev_stat_t *vs;
4293 	uint_t vsc;
4294 	uint64_t pool;
4295 
4296 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
4297 
4298 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_count == 0)
4299 		return;
4300 
4301 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
4302 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
4303 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
4304 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
4305 	if (nspares != 0) {
4306 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
4307 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
4308 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
4309 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
4310 
4311 		/*
4312 		 * Go through and find any spares which have since been
4313 		 * repurposed as an active spare.  If this is the case, update
4314 		 * their status appropriately.
4315 		 */
4316 		for (i = 0; i < nspares; i++) {
4317 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(spares[i],
4318 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
4319 			if (spa_spare_exists(guid, &pool, NULL) &&
4320 			    pool != 0ULL) {
4321 				VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(
4322 				    spares[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS,
4323 				    (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc) == 0);
4324 				vs->vs_state = VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN;
4325 				vs->vs_aux = VDEV_AUX_SPARED;
4326 			}
4327 		}
4328 	}
4329 }
4330 
4331 /*
4332  * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
4333  */
4334 static void
4335 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
4336 {
4337 	nvlist_t **l2cache;
4338 	uint_t i, j, nl2cache;
4339 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
4340 	uint64_t guid;
4341 	vdev_t *vd;
4342 	vdev_stat_t *vs;
4343 	uint_t vsc;
4344 
4345 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
4346 
4347 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count == 0)
4348 		return;
4349 
4350 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
4351 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
4352 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
4353 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
4354 	if (nl2cache != 0) {
4355 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
4356 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
4357 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
4358 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
4359 
4360 		/*
4361 		 * Update level 2 cache device stats.
4362 		 */
4363 
4364 		for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
4365 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i],
4366 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
4367 
4368 			vd = NULL;
4369 			for (j = 0; j < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; j++) {
4370 				if (guid ==
4371 				    spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j]->vdev_guid) {
4372 					vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j];
4373 					break;
4374 				}
4375 			}
4376 			ASSERT(vd != NULL);
4377 
4378 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache[i],
4379 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS, (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc)
4380 			    == 0);
4381 			vdev_get_stats(vd, vs);
4382 		}
4383 	}
4384 }
4385 
4386 static void
4387 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *features)
4388 {
4389 	zap_cursor_t zc;
4390 	zap_attribute_t za;
4391 
4392 	/* We may be unable to read features if pool is suspended. */
4393 	if (spa_suspended(spa))
4394 		return;
4395 
4396 	if (spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj != 0) {
4397 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
4398 		    spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj);
4399 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
4400 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
4401 			ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
4402 			    za.za_num_integers == 1);
4403 			VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
4404 			    za.za_first_integer));
4405 		}
4406 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
4407 	}
4408 
4409 	if (spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj != 0) {
4410 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
4411 		    spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj);
4412 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
4413 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
4414 			ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
4415 			    za.za_num_integers == 1);
4416 			VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
4417 			    za.za_first_integer));
4418 		}
4419 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
4420 	}
4421 }
4422 
4423 static void
4424 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *features)
4425 {
4426 	int i;
4427 
4428 	for (i = 0; i < SPA_FEATURES; i++) {
4429 		zfeature_info_t feature = spa_feature_table[i];
4430 		uint64_t refcount;
4431 
4432 		if (feature_get_refcount(spa, &feature, &refcount) != 0)
4433 			continue;
4434 
4435 		VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features, feature.fi_guid, refcount));
4436 	}
4437 }
4438 
4439 /*
4440  * Store a list of pool features and their reference counts in the
4441  * config.
4442  *
4443  * The first time this is called on a spa, allocate a new nvlist, fetch
4444  * the pool features and reference counts from disk, then save the list
4445  * in the spa. In subsequent calls on the same spa use the saved nvlist
4446  * and refresh its values from the cached reference counts.  This
4447  * ensures we don't block here on I/O on a suspended pool so 'zpool
4448  * clear' can resume the pool.
4449  */
4450 static void
4451 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
4452 {
4453 	nvlist_t *features;
4454 
4455 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
4456 
4457 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_feat_stats_lock);
4458 	features = spa->spa_feat_stats;
4459 
4460 	if (features != NULL) {
4461 		spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa, features);
4462 	} else {
4463 		VERIFY0(nvlist_alloc(&features, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP));
4464 		spa->spa_feat_stats = features;
4465 		spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa, features);
4466 	}
4467 
4468 	VERIFY0(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS,
4469 	    features));
4470 
4471 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_feat_stats_lock);
4472 }
4473 
4474 int
4475 spa_get_stats(const char *name, nvlist_t **config,
4476     char *altroot, size_t buflen)
4477 {
4478 	int error;
4479 	spa_t *spa;
4480 
4481 	*config = NULL;
4482 	error = spa_open_common(name, &spa, FTAG, NULL, config);
4483 
4484 	if (spa != NULL) {
4485 		/*
4486 		 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
4487 		 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
4488 		 * self-inconsistent.
4489 		 */
4490 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
4491 
4492 		if (*config != NULL) {
4493 			uint64_t loadtimes[2];
4494 
4495 			loadtimes[0] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec;
4496 			loadtimes[1] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec;
4497 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(*config,
4498 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME, loadtimes, 2) == 0);
4499 
4500 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
4501 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT,
4502 			    spa_get_errlog_size(spa)) == 0);
4503 
4504 			if (spa_suspended(spa))
4505 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
4506 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED,
4507 				    spa->spa_failmode) == 0);
4508 
4509 			spa_add_spares(spa, *config);
4510 			spa_add_l2cache(spa, *config);
4511 			spa_add_feature_stats(spa, *config);
4512 		}
4513 	}
4514 
4515 	/*
4516 	 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
4517 	 * and call spa_lookup() directly.
4518 	 */
4519 	if (altroot) {
4520 		if (spa == NULL) {
4521 			mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4522 			spa = spa_lookup(name);
4523 			if (spa)
4524 				spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
4525 			else
4526 				altroot[0] = '\0';
4527 			spa = NULL;
4528 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4529 		} else {
4530 			spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
4531 		}
4532 	}
4533 
4534 	if (spa != NULL) {
4535 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
4536 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
4537 	}
4538 
4539 	return (error);
4540 }
4541 
4542 /*
4543  * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed.  We must have an
4544  * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev.  If this is an
4545  * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
4546  * specified, as long as they are well-formed.
4547  */
4548 static int
4549 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode,
4550     spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, const char *config, uint64_t version,
4551     vdev_labeltype_t label)
4552 {
4553 	nvlist_t **dev;
4554 	uint_t i, ndev;
4555 	vdev_t *vd;
4556 	int error;
4557 
4558 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
4559 
4560 	/*
4561 	 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
4562 	 */
4563 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, &dev, &ndev) != 0)
4564 		return (0);
4565 
4566 	if (ndev == 0)
4567 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
4568 
4569 	/*
4570 	 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
4571 	 * device type.
4572 	 */
4573 	if (spa_version(spa) < version)
4574 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
4575 
4576 	/*
4577 	 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
4578 	 * checking.
4579 	 */
4580 	sav->sav_pending = dev;
4581 	sav->sav_npending = ndev;
4582 
4583 	for (i = 0; i < ndev; i++) {
4584 		if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, dev[i], NULL, 0,
4585 		    mode)) != 0)
4586 			goto out;
4587 
4588 		if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
4589 			vdev_free(vd);
4590 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
4591 			goto out;
4592 		}
4593 
4594 		/*
4595 		 * The L2ARC currently only supports disk devices in
4596 		 * kernel context.  For user-level testing, we allow it.
4597 		 */
4598 #ifdef _KERNEL
4599 		if ((strcmp(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE) == 0) &&
4600 		    strcmp(vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_type, VDEV_TYPE_DISK) != 0) {
4601 			error = SET_ERROR(ENOTBLK);
4602 			vdev_free(vd);
4603 			goto out;
4604 		}
4605 #endif
4606 		vd->vdev_top = vd;
4607 
4608 		if ((error = vdev_open(vd)) == 0 &&
4609 		    (error = vdev_label_init(vd, crtxg, label)) == 0) {
4610 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(dev[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
4611 			    vd->vdev_guid) == 0);
4612 		}
4613 
4614 		vdev_free(vd);
4615 
4616 		if (error &&
4617 		    (mode != VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE && mode != VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE))
4618 			goto out;
4619 		else
4620 			error = 0;
4621 	}
4622 
4623 out:
4624 	sav->sav_pending = NULL;
4625 	sav->sav_npending = 0;
4626 	return (error);
4627 }
4628 
4629 static int
4630 spa_validate_aux(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode)
4631 {
4632 	int error;
4633 
4634 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
4635 
4636 	if ((error = spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
4637 	    &spa->spa_spares, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, SPA_VERSION_SPARES,
4638 	    VDEV_LABEL_SPARE)) != 0) {
4639 		return (error);
4640 	}
4641 
4642 	return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
4643 	    &spa->spa_l2cache, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE,
4644 	    VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE));
4645 }
4646 
4647 static void
4648 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, nvlist_t **devs, int ndevs,
4649     const char *config)
4650 {
4651 	int i;
4652 
4653 	if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
4654 		nvlist_t **olddevs;
4655 		uint_t oldndevs;
4656 		nvlist_t **newdevs;
4657 
4658 		/*
4659 		 * Generate new dev list by concatentating with the
4660 		 * current dev list.
4661 		 */
4662 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
4663 		    &olddevs, &oldndevs) == 0);
4664 
4665 		newdevs = kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
4666 		    (ndevs + oldndevs), KM_SLEEP);
4667 		for (i = 0; i < oldndevs; i++)
4668 			VERIFY(nvlist_dup(olddevs[i], &newdevs[i],
4669 			    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4670 		for (i = 0; i < ndevs; i++)
4671 			VERIFY(nvlist_dup(devs[i], &newdevs[i + oldndevs],
4672 			    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4673 
4674 		VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, config,
4675 		    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
4676 
4677 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
4678 		    config, newdevs, ndevs + oldndevs) == 0);
4679 		for (i = 0; i < oldndevs + ndevs; i++)
4680 			nvlist_free(newdevs[i]);
4681 		kmem_free(newdevs, (oldndevs + ndevs) * sizeof (void *));
4682 	} else {
4683 		/*
4684 		 * Generate a new dev list.
4685 		 */
4686 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&sav->sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
4687 		    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4688 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
4689 		    devs, ndevs) == 0);
4690 	}
4691 }
4692 
4693 /*
4694  * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
4695  */
4696 void
4697 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t *spa)
4698 {
4699 	vdev_t *vd;
4700 	int i;
4701 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
4702 
4703 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
4704 		uint64_t pool;
4705 
4706 		vd = sav->sav_vdevs[i];
4707 		ASSERT(vd != NULL);
4708 
4709 		if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
4710 		    pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
4711 			l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
4712 	}
4713 }
4714 
4715 /*
4716  * Pool Creation
4717  */
4718 int
4719 spa_create(const char *pool, nvlist_t *nvroot, nvlist_t *props,
4720     nvlist_t *zplprops)
4721 {
4722 	spa_t *spa;
4723 	char *altroot = NULL;
4724 	vdev_t *rvd;
4725 	dsl_pool_t *dp;
4726 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
4727 	int error = 0;
4728 	uint64_t txg = TXG_INITIAL;
4729 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
4730 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
4731 	uint64_t version, obj;
4732 	boolean_t has_features;
4733 	char *poolname;
4734 	nvlist_t *nvl;
4735 
4736 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(props,
4737 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_TNAME), &poolname) != 0)
4738 		poolname = (char *)pool;
4739 
4740 	/*
4741 	 * If this pool already exists, return failure.
4742 	 */
4743 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4744 	if (spa_lookup(poolname) != NULL) {
4745 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4746 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
4747 	}
4748 
4749 	/*
4750 	 * Allocate a new spa_t structure.
4751 	 */
4752 	nvl = fnvlist_alloc();
4753 	fnvlist_add_string(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, pool);
4754 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
4755 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
4756 	spa = spa_add(poolname, nvl, altroot);
4757 	fnvlist_free(nvl);
4758 	spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
4759 
4760 	if (props && (error = spa_prop_validate(spa, props))) {
4761 		spa_deactivate(spa);
4762 		spa_remove(spa);
4763 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4764 		return (error);
4765 	}
4766 
4767 	/*
4768 	 * Temporary pool names should never be written to disk.
4769 	 */
4770 	if (poolname != pool)
4771 		spa->spa_import_flags |= ZFS_IMPORT_TEMP_NAME;
4772 
4773 	has_features = B_FALSE;
4774 	for (nvpair_t *elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, NULL);
4775 	    elem != NULL; elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) {
4776 		if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)))
4777 			has_features = B_TRUE;
4778 	}
4779 
4780 	if (has_features || nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
4781 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION), &version) != 0) {
4782 		version = SPA_VERSION;
4783 	}
4784 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
4785 
4786 	spa->spa_first_txg = txg;
4787 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg = txg - 1;
4788 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
4789 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
4790 	spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_CREATE;
4791 	spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_state = DSS_NONE;
4792 	spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_removing_vdev = -1;
4793 	spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_prev_indirect_vdev = -1;
4794 	spa->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded = B_TRUE;
4795 
4796 	/*
4797 	 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
4798 	 */
4799 	spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
4800 	    KM_SLEEP);
4801 	for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
4802 		spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
4803 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
4804 		    ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
4805 	}
4806 
4807 	/*
4808 	 * Create the root vdev.
4809 	 */
4810 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4811 
4812 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD);
4813 
4814 	ASSERT(error != 0 || rvd != NULL);
4815 	ASSERT(error != 0 || spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
4816 
4817 	if (error == 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot))
4818 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
4819 
4820 	if (error == 0 &&
4821 	    (error = vdev_create(rvd, txg, B_FALSE)) == 0 &&
4822 	    (error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg,
4823 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) == 0) {
4824 		for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
4825 			vdev_ashift_optimize(rvd->vdev_child[c]);
4826 			vdev_metaslab_set_size(rvd->vdev_child[c]);
4827 			vdev_expand(rvd->vdev_child[c], txg);
4828 		}
4829 	}
4830 
4831 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4832 
4833 	if (error != 0) {
4834 		spa_unload(spa);
4835 		spa_deactivate(spa);
4836 		spa_remove(spa);
4837 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4838 		return (error);
4839 	}
4840 
4841 	/*
4842 	 * Get the list of spares, if specified.
4843 	 */
4844 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
4845 	    &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
4846 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
4847 		    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4848 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
4849 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
4850 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4851 		spa_load_spares(spa);
4852 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4853 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4854 	}
4855 
4856 	/*
4857 	 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
4858 	 */
4859 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
4860 	    &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
4861 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
4862 		    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4863 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
4864 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
4865 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4866 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
4867 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4868 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4869 	}
4870 
4871 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
4872 	spa->spa_dsl_pool = dp = dsl_pool_create(spa, zplprops, txg);
4873 	spa->spa_meta_objset = dp->dp_meta_objset;
4874 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
4875 
4876 	/*
4877 	 * Create DDTs (dedup tables).
4878 	 */
4879 	ddt_create(spa);
4880 
4881 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
4882 
4883 	tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
4884 
4885 	/*
4886 	 * Create the pool config object.
4887 	 */
4888 	spa->spa_config_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
4889 	    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE,
4890 	    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE, sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
4891 
4892 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
4893 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CONFIG,
4894 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_config_object, tx) != 0) {
4895 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool config");
4896 	}
4897 
4898 	if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES)
4899 		spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
4900 
4901 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
4902 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
4903 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version, tx) != 0) {
4904 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool version");
4905 	}
4906 
4907 	/* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
4908 	if (version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
4909 		spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
4910 		if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
4911 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
4912 		    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx) != 0) {
4913 			cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add deflate");
4914 		}
4915 	}
4916 
4917 	/*
4918 	 * Create the deferred-free bpobj.  Turn off compression
4919 	 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
4920 	 * keeps changing.
4921 	 */
4922 	obj = bpobj_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset, 1 << 14, tx);
4923 	dmu_object_set_compress(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj,
4924 	    ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF, tx);
4925 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
4926 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ,
4927 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj, tx) != 0) {
4928 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add bpobj");
4929 	}
4930 	VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
4931 	    spa->spa_meta_objset, obj));
4932 
4933 	/*
4934 	 * Create the pool's history object.
4935 	 */
4936 	if (version >= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY)
4937 		spa_history_create_obj(spa, tx);
4938 
4939 	/*
4940 	 * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on.
4941 	 */
4942 	(void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
4943 	    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
4944 
4945 	/*
4946 	 * Set pool properties.
4947 	 */
4948 	spa->spa_bootfs = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
4949 	spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
4950 	spa->spa_failmode = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE);
4951 	spa->spa_autoexpand = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND);
4952 
4953 	if (props != NULL) {
4954 		spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
4955 		spa_sync_props(props, tx);
4956 	}
4957 
4958 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
4959 
4960 	spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
4961 	txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
4962 
4963 	/*
4964 	 * We explicitly wait for the first transaction to complete so that our
4965 	 * bean counters are appropriately updated.
4966 	 */
4967 	txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, txg);
4968 
4969 	spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa);
4970 
4971 	spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
4972 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE);
4973 
4974 	spa_history_log_version(spa, "create");
4975 
4976 	/*
4977 	 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
4978 	 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
4979 	 */
4980 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
4981 	spa->spa_minref = refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
4982 	spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_NONE;
4983 
4984 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4985 
4986 	return (0);
4987 }
4988 
4989 #ifdef _KERNEL
4990 #ifdef illumos
4991 /*
4992  * Get the root pool information from the root disk, then import the root pool
4993  * during the system boot up time.
4994  */
4995 extern int vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(char *, char *, nvlist_t **);
4996 
4997 static nvlist_t *
4998 spa_generate_rootconf(char *devpath, char *devid, uint64_t *guid)
4999 {
5000 	nvlist_t *config;
5001 	nvlist_t *nvtop, *nvroot;
5002 	uint64_t pgid;
5003 
5004 	if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(devpath, devid, &config) != 0)
5005 		return (NULL);
5006 
5007 	/*
5008 	 * Add this top-level vdev to the child array.
5009 	 */
5010 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
5011 	    &nvtop) == 0);
5012 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
5013 	    &pgid) == 0);
5014 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, guid) == 0);
5015 
5016 	/*
5017 	 * Put this pool's top-level vdevs into a root vdev.
5018 	 */
5019 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5020 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
5021 	    VDEV_TYPE_ROOT) == 0);
5022 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID, 0ULL) == 0);
5023 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, pgid) == 0);
5024 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
5025 	    &nvtop, 1) == 0);
5026 
5027 	/*
5028 	 * Replace the existing vdev_tree with the new root vdev in
5029 	 * this pool's configuration (remove the old, add the new).
5030 	 */
5031 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, nvroot) == 0);
5032 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
5033 	return (config);
5034 }
5035 
5036 /*
5037  * Walk the vdev tree and see if we can find a device with "better"
5038  * configuration. A configuration is "better" if the label on that
5039  * device has a more recent txg.
5040  */
5041 static void
5042 spa_alt_rootvdev(vdev_t *vd, vdev_t **avd, uint64_t *txg)
5043 {
5044 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
5045 		spa_alt_rootvdev(vd->vdev_child[c], avd, txg);
5046 
5047 	if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
5048 		nvlist_t *label;
5049 		uint64_t label_txg;
5050 
5051 		if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(vd->vdev_physpath, vd->vdev_devid,
5052 		    &label) != 0)
5053 			return;
5054 
5055 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
5056 		    &label_txg) == 0);
5057 
5058 		/*
5059 		 * Do we have a better boot device?
5060 		 */
5061 		if (label_txg > *txg) {
5062 			*txg = label_txg;
5063 			*avd = vd;
5064 		}
5065 		nvlist_free(label);
5066 	}
5067 }
5068 
5069 /*
5070  * Import a root pool.
5071  *
5072  * For x86. devpath_list will consist of devid and/or physpath name of
5073  * the vdev (e.g. "id1,sd@SSEAGATE..." or "/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a").
5074  * The GRUB "findroot" command will return the vdev we should boot.
5075  *
5076  * For Sparc, devpath_list consists the physpath name of the booting device
5077  * no matter the rootpool is a single device pool or a mirrored pool.
5078  * e.g.
5079  *	"/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a"
5080  */
5081 int
5082 spa_import_rootpool(char *devpath, char *devid)
5083 {
5084 	spa_t *spa;
5085 	vdev_t *rvd, *bvd, *avd = NULL;
5086 	nvlist_t *config, *nvtop;
5087 	uint64_t guid, txg;
5088 	char *pname;
5089 	int error;
5090 
5091 	/*
5092 	 * Read the label from the boot device and generate a configuration.
5093 	 */
5094 	config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid);
5095 #if defined(_OBP) && defined(_KERNEL)
5096 	if (config == NULL) {
5097 		if (strstr(devpath, "/iscsi/ssd") != NULL) {
5098 			/* iscsi boot */
5099 			get_iscsi_bootpath_phy(devpath);
5100 			config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid);
5101 		}
5102 	}
5103 #endif
5104 	if (config == NULL) {
5105 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Cannot read the pool label from '%s'",
5106 		    devpath);
5107 		return (SET_ERROR(EIO));
5108 	}
5109 
5110 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
5111 	    &pname) == 0);
5112 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, &txg) == 0);
5113 
5114 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5115 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pname)) != NULL) {
5116 		/*
5117 		 * Remove the existing root pool from the namespace so that we
5118 		 * can replace it with the correct config we just read in.
5119 		 */
5120 		spa_remove(spa);
5121 	}
5122 
5123 	spa = spa_add(pname, config, NULL);
5124 	spa->spa_is_root = B_TRUE;
5125 	spa->spa_import_flags = ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM;
5126 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
5127 	    &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
5128 		spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
5129 
5130 	/*
5131 	 * Build up a vdev tree based on the boot device's label config.
5132 	 */
5133 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
5134 	    &nvtop) == 0);
5135 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5136 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtop, NULL, 0,
5137 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ROOTPOOL);
5138 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5139 	if (error) {
5140 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5141 		nvlist_free(config);
5142 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not parse the config for pool '%s'",
5143 		    pname);
5144 		return (error);
5145 	}
5146 
5147 	/*
5148 	 * Get the boot vdev.
5149 	 */
5150 	if ((bvd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(rvd, guid)) == NULL) {
5151 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not find the boot vdev for guid %llu",
5152 		    (u_longlong_t)guid);
5153 		error = SET_ERROR(ENOENT);
5154 		goto out;
5155 	}
5156 
5157 	/*
5158 	 * Determine if there is a better boot device.
5159 	 */
5160 	avd = bvd;
5161 	spa_alt_rootvdev(rvd, &avd, &txg);
5162 	if (avd != bvd) {
5163 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is 'degraded'. Please "
5164 		    "try booting from '%s'", avd->vdev_path);
5165 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5166 		goto out;
5167 	}
5168 
5169 	/*
5170 	 * If the boot device is part of a spare vdev then ensure that
5171 	 * we're booting off the active spare.
5172 	 */
5173 	if (bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
5174 	    !bvd->vdev_isspare) {
5175 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is currently spared. Please "
5176 		    "try booting from '%s'",
5177 		    bvd->vdev_parent->
5178 		    vdev_child[bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_path);
5179 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5180 		goto out;
5181 	}
5182 
5183 	error = 0;
5184 out:
5185 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5186 	vdev_free(rvd);
5187 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5188 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5189 
5190 	nvlist_free(config);
5191 	return (error);
5192 }
5193 
5194 #else	/* !illumos */
5195 
5196 extern int vdev_geom_read_pool_label(const char *name, nvlist_t ***configs,
5197     uint64_t *count);
5198 
5199 static nvlist_t *
5200 spa_generate_rootconf(const char *name)
5201 {
5202 	nvlist_t **configs, **tops;
5203 	nvlist_t *config;
5204 	nvlist_t *best_cfg, *nvtop, *nvroot;
5205 	uint64_t *holes;
5206 	uint64_t best_txg;
5207 	uint64_t nchildren;
5208 	uint64_t pgid;
5209 	uint64_t count;
5210 	uint64_t i;
5211 	uint_t   nholes;
5212 
5213 	if (vdev_geom_read_pool_label(name, &configs, &count) != 0)
5214 		return (NULL);
5215 
5216 	ASSERT3U(count, !=, 0);
5217 	best_txg = 0;
5218 	for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
5219 		uint64_t txg;
5220 
5221 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(configs[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
5222 		    &txg) == 0);
5223 		if (txg > best_txg) {
5224 			best_txg = txg;
5225 			best_cfg = configs[i];
5226 		}
5227 	}
5228 
5229 	nchildren = 1;
5230 	nvlist_lookup_uint64(best_cfg, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_CHILDREN, &nchildren);
5231 	holes = NULL;
5232 	nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(best_cfg, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOLE_ARRAY,
5233 	    &holes, &nholes);
5234 
5235 	tops = kmem_zalloc(nchildren * sizeof(void *), KM_SLEEP);
5236 	for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++) {
5237 		if (i >= count)
5238 			break;
5239 		if (configs[i] == NULL)
5240 			continue;
5241 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(configs[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
5242 		    &nvtop) == 0);
5243 		nvlist_dup(nvtop, &tops[i], KM_SLEEP);
5244 	}
5245 	for (i = 0; holes != NULL && i < nholes; i++) {
5246 		if (i >= nchildren)
5247 			continue;
5248 		if (tops[holes[i]] != NULL)
5249 			continue;
5250 		nvlist_alloc(&tops[holes[i]], NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP);
5251 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
5252 		    VDEV_TYPE_HOLE) == 0);
5253 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID,
5254 		    holes[i]) == 0);
5255 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
5256 		    0) == 0);
5257 	}
5258 	for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++) {
5259 		if (tops[i] != NULL)
5260 			continue;
5261 		nvlist_alloc(&tops[i], NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP);
5262 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
5263 		    VDEV_TYPE_MISSING) == 0);
5264 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID,
5265 		    i) == 0);
5266 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
5267 		    0) == 0);
5268 	}
5269 
5270 	/*
5271 	 * Create pool config based on the best vdev config.
5272 	 */
5273 	nvlist_dup(best_cfg, &config, KM_SLEEP);
5274 
5275 	/*
5276 	 * Put this pool's top-level vdevs into a root vdev.
5277 	 */
5278 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
5279 	    &pgid) == 0);
5280 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5281 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
5282 	    VDEV_TYPE_ROOT) == 0);
5283 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID, 0ULL) == 0);
5284 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, pgid) == 0);
5285 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
5286 	    tops, nchildren) == 0);
5287 
5288 	/*
5289 	 * Replace the existing vdev_tree with the new root vdev in
5290 	 * this pool's configuration (remove the old, add the new).
5291 	 */
5292 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, nvroot) == 0);
5293 
5294 	/*
5295 	 * Drop vdev config elements that should not be present at pool level.
5296 	 */
5297 	nvlist_remove(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, DATA_TYPE_UINT64);
5298 	nvlist_remove(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TOP_GUID, DATA_TYPE_UINT64);
5299 
5300 	for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
5301 		nvlist_free(configs[i]);
5302 	kmem_free(configs, count * sizeof(void *));
5303 	for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++)
5304 		nvlist_free(tops[i]);
5305 	kmem_free(tops, nchildren * sizeof(void *));
5306 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
5307 	return (config);
5308 }
5309 
5310 int
5311 spa_import_rootpool(const char *name)
5312 {
5313 	spa_t *spa;
5314 	vdev_t *rvd, *bvd, *avd = NULL;
5315 	nvlist_t *config, *nvtop;
5316 	uint64_t txg;
5317 	char *pname;
5318 	int error;
5319 
5320 	/*
5321 	 * Read the label from the boot device and generate a configuration.
5322 	 */
5323 	config = spa_generate_rootconf(name);
5324 
5325 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5326 	if (config != NULL) {
5327 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
5328 		    &pname) == 0 && strcmp(name, pname) == 0);
5329 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, &txg)
5330 		    == 0);
5331 
5332 		if ((spa = spa_lookup(pname)) != NULL) {
5333 			/*
5334 			 * The pool could already be imported,
5335 			 * e.g., after reboot -r.
5336 			 */
5337 			if (spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_ACTIVE) {
5338 				mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5339 				nvlist_free(config);
5340 				return (0);
5341 			}
5342 
5343 			/*
5344 			 * Remove the existing root pool from the namespace so
5345 			 * that we can replace it with the correct config
5346 			 * we just read in.
5347 			 */
5348 			spa_remove(spa);
5349 		}
5350 		spa = spa_add(pname, config, NULL);
5351 
5352 		/*
5353 		 * Set spa_ubsync.ub_version as it can be used in vdev_alloc()
5354 		 * via spa_version().
5355 		 */
5356 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
5357 		    &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
5358 			spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
5359 	} else if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) {
5360 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5361 		nvlist_free(config);
5362 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Cannot find the pool label for '%s'",
5363 		    name);
5364 		return (EIO);
5365 	} else {
5366 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, &config, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5367 	}
5368 	spa->spa_is_root = B_TRUE;
5369 	spa->spa_import_flags = ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM;
5370 
5371 	/*
5372 	 * Build up a vdev tree based on the boot device's label config.
5373 	 */
5374 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
5375 	    &nvtop) == 0);
5376 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5377 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtop, NULL, 0,
5378 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ROOTPOOL);
5379 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5380 	if (error) {
5381 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5382 		nvlist_free(config);
5383 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not parse the config for pool '%s'",
5384 		    pname);
5385 		return (error);
5386 	}
5387 
5388 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5389 	vdev_free(rvd);
5390 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5391 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5392 
5393 	nvlist_free(config);
5394 	return (0);
5395 }
5396 
5397 #endif	/* illumos */
5398 #endif	/* _KERNEL */
5399 
5400 /*
5401  * Import a non-root pool into the system.
5402  */
5403 int
5404 spa_import(const char *pool, nvlist_t *config, nvlist_t *props, uint64_t flags)
5405 {
5406 	spa_t *spa;
5407 	char *altroot = NULL;
5408 	spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_IMPORT;
5409 	zpool_load_policy_t policy;
5410 	uint64_t mode = spa_mode_global;
5411 	uint64_t readonly = B_FALSE;
5412 	int error;
5413 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
5414 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
5415 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
5416 
5417 	/*
5418 	 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
5419 	 */
5420 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5421 	if (spa_lookup(pool) != NULL) {
5422 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5423 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
5424 	}
5425 
5426 	/*
5427 	 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
5428 	 */
5429 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
5430 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
5431 	(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
5432 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY), &readonly);
5433 	if (readonly)
5434 		mode = FREAD;
5435 	spa = spa_add(pool, config, altroot);
5436 	spa->spa_import_flags = flags;
5437 
5438 	/*
5439 	 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
5440 	 * as if it had been loaded at boot.
5441 	 */
5442 	if (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM) {
5443 		if (props != NULL)
5444 			spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
5445 
5446 		spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
5447 		spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
5448 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: verbatim import of %s", pool);
5449 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5450 		return (0);
5451 	}
5452 
5453 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
5454 
5455 	/*
5456 	 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
5457 	 */
5458 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
5459 
5460 	zpool_get_load_policy(config, &policy);
5461 	if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
5462 		state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
5463 
5464 	spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_TRYIMPORT;
5465 
5466 	if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
5467 		spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
5468 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s", pool);
5469 	} else {
5470 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s, max_txg=%lld "
5471 		    "(RECOVERY MODE)", pool, (longlong_t)policy.zlp_txg);
5472 	}
5473 	error = spa_load_best(spa, state, policy.zlp_txg, policy.zlp_rewind);
5474 
5475 	/*
5476 	 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
5477 	 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
5478 	 */
5479 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
5480 	    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
5481 
5482 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5483 	/*
5484 	 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
5485 	 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
5486 	 */
5487 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
5488 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
5489 		spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
5490 		spa_load_spares(spa);
5491 	}
5492 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
5493 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
5494 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
5495 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
5496 	}
5497 
5498 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
5499 	    &nvroot) == 0);
5500 	if (error == 0)
5501 		error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL,
5502 		    VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE);
5503 	if (error == 0)
5504 		error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL,
5505 		    VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE);
5506 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5507 
5508 	if (props != NULL)
5509 		spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
5510 
5511 	if (error != 0 || (props && spa_writeable(spa) &&
5512 	    (error = spa_prop_set(spa, props)))) {
5513 		spa_unload(spa);
5514 		spa_deactivate(spa);
5515 		spa_remove(spa);
5516 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5517 		return (error);
5518 	}
5519 
5520 	spa_async_resume(spa);
5521 
5522 	/*
5523 	 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
5524 	 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
5525 	 */
5526 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
5527 	    &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
5528 		if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config)
5529 			VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5530 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
5531 		else
5532 			VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5533 			    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5534 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5535 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
5536 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5537 		spa_load_spares(spa);
5538 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5539 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5540 	}
5541 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
5542 	    &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
5543 		if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config)
5544 			VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5545 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
5546 		else
5547 			VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5548 			    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5549 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5550 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
5551 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5552 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
5553 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5554 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5555 	}
5556 
5557 	/*
5558 	 * Check for any removed devices.
5559 	 */
5560 	if (spa->spa_autoreplace) {
5561 		spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
5562 		spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
5563 	}
5564 
5565 	if (spa_writeable(spa)) {
5566 		/*
5567 		 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
5568 		 */
5569 		spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
5570 	}
5571 
5572 	/*
5573 	 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
5574 	 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
5575 	 */
5576 	spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
5577 
5578 	spa_history_log_version(spa, "import");
5579 
5580 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
5581 
5582 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5583 
5584 #ifdef __FreeBSD__
5585 #ifdef _KERNEL
5586 	zvol_create_minors(pool);
5587 #endif
5588 #endif
5589 	return (0);
5590 }
5591 
5592 nvlist_t *
5593 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t *tryconfig)
5594 {
5595 	nvlist_t *config = NULL;
5596 	char *poolname, *cachefile;
5597 	spa_t *spa;
5598 	uint64_t state;
5599 	int error;
5600 	zpool_load_policy_t policy;
5601 
5602 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, &poolname))
5603 		return (NULL);
5604 
5605 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, &state))
5606 		return (NULL);
5607 
5608 	/*
5609 	 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
5610 	 */
5611 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5612 	spa = spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME, tryconfig, NULL);
5613 	spa_activate(spa, FREAD);
5614 
5615 	/*
5616 	 * Rewind pool if a max txg was provided.
5617 	 */
5618 	zpool_get_load_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy);
5619 	if (policy.zlp_txg != UINT64_MAX) {
5620 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = policy.zlp_txg;
5621 		spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
5622 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s, max_txg=%lld",
5623 		    poolname, (longlong_t)policy.zlp_txg);
5624 	} else {
5625 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s", poolname);
5626 	}
5627 
5628 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CACHEFILE, &cachefile)
5629 	    == 0) {
5630 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: using cachefile '%s'", cachefile);
5631 		spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE;
5632 	} else {
5633 		spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN;
5634 	}
5635 
5636 	error = spa_load(spa, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING);
5637 
5638 	/*
5639 	 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
5640 	 */
5641 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
5642 		config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
5643 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
5644 		    poolname) == 0);
5645 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
5646 		    state) == 0);
5647 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP,
5648 		    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp) == 0);
5649 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
5650 		    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
5651 
5652 		/*
5653 		 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
5654 		 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
5655 		 * pools are bootable.
5656 		 */
5657 		if ((!error || error == EEXIST) && spa->spa_bootfs) {
5658 			char *tmpname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
5659 
5660 			/*
5661 			 * We have to play games with the name since the
5662 			 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
5663 			 */
5664 			if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa),
5665 			    spa->spa_bootfs, tmpname) == 0) {
5666 				char *cp;
5667 				char *dsname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
5668 
5669 				cp = strchr(tmpname, '/');
5670 				if (cp == NULL) {
5671 					(void) strlcpy(dsname, tmpname,
5672 					    MAXPATHLEN);
5673 				} else {
5674 					(void) snprintf(dsname, MAXPATHLEN,
5675 					    "%s/%s", poolname, ++cp);
5676 				}
5677 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config,
5678 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS, dsname) == 0);
5679 				kmem_free(dsname, MAXPATHLEN);
5680 			}
5681 			kmem_free(tmpname, MAXPATHLEN);
5682 		}
5683 
5684 		/*
5685 		 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
5686 		 */
5687 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
5688 		spa_add_spares(spa, config);
5689 		spa_add_l2cache(spa, config);
5690 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
5691 	}
5692 
5693 	spa_unload(spa);
5694 	spa_deactivate(spa);
5695 	spa_remove(spa);
5696 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5697 
5698 	return (config);
5699 }
5700 
5701 /*
5702  * Pool export/destroy
5703  *
5704  * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple.  We make sure there
5705  * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone.  Then, we
5706  * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
5707  * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
5708  * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
5709  */
5710 static int
5711 spa_export_common(char *pool, int new_state, nvlist_t **oldconfig,
5712     boolean_t force, boolean_t hardforce)
5713 {
5714 	spa_t *spa;
5715 
5716 	if (oldconfig)
5717 		*oldconfig = NULL;
5718 
5719 	if (!(spa_mode_global & FWRITE))
5720 		return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
5721 
5722 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5723 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
5724 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5725 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
5726 	}
5727 
5728 	/*
5729 	 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
5730 	 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
5731 	 */
5732 	spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
5733 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5734 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
5735 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5736 	spa_close(spa, FTAG);
5737 
5738 	/*
5739 	 * The pool will be in core if it's openable,
5740 	 * in which case we can modify its state.
5741 	 */
5742 	if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && spa->spa_sync_on) {
5743 
5744 		/*
5745 		 * Objsets may be open only because they're dirty, so we
5746 		 * have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
5747 		 */
5748 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
5749 		spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
5750 
5751 		/*
5752 		 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
5753 		 * references.  If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
5754 		 * fault injection handlers.
5755 		 */
5756 		if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa) ||
5757 		    (spa->spa_inject_ref != 0 &&
5758 		    new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED)) {
5759 			spa_async_resume(spa);
5760 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5761 			return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
5762 		}
5763 
5764 		/*
5765 		 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
5766 		 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
5767 		 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
5768 		 * be forcedly exported.
5769 		 */
5770 		if (!force && new_state == POOL_STATE_EXPORTED &&
5771 		    spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa)) {
5772 			spa_async_resume(spa);
5773 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5774 			return (SET_ERROR(EXDEV));
5775 		}
5776 
5777 		/*
5778 		 * We're about to export or destroy this pool. Make sure
5779 		 * we stop all initializtion activity here before we
5780 		 * set the spa_final_txg. This will ensure that all
5781 		 * dirty data resulting from the initialization is
5782 		 * committed to disk before we unload the pool.
5783 		 */
5784 		if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
5785 			vdev_initialize_stop_all(spa->spa_root_vdev,
5786 			    VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE);
5787 		}
5788 
5789 		/*
5790 		 * We want this to be reflected on every label,
5791 		 * so mark them all dirty.  spa_unload() will do the
5792 		 * final sync that pushes these changes out.
5793 		 */
5794 		if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && !hardforce) {
5795 			spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5796 			spa->spa_state = new_state;
5797 			spa->spa_final_txg = spa_last_synced_txg(spa) +
5798 			    TXG_DEFER_SIZE + 1;
5799 			vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5800 			spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5801 		}
5802 	}
5803 
5804 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY);
5805 
5806 	if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
5807 		spa_unload(spa);
5808 		spa_deactivate(spa);
5809 	}
5810 
5811 	if (oldconfig && spa->spa_config)
5812 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, oldconfig, 0) == 0);
5813 
5814 	if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
5815 		if (!hardforce)
5816 			spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
5817 		spa_remove(spa);
5818 	}
5819 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5820 
5821 	return (0);
5822 }
5823 
5824 /*
5825  * Destroy a storage pool.
5826  */
5827 int
5828 spa_destroy(char *pool)
5829 {
5830 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED, NULL,
5831 	    B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
5832 }
5833 
5834 /*
5835  * Export a storage pool.
5836  */
5837 int
5838 spa_export(char *pool, nvlist_t **oldconfig, boolean_t force,
5839     boolean_t hardforce)
5840 {
5841 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, oldconfig,
5842 	    force, hardforce));
5843 }
5844 
5845 /*
5846  * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
5847  * from the namespace in any way.
5848  */
5849 int
5850 spa_reset(char *pool)
5851 {
5852 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED, NULL,
5853 	    B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
5854 }
5855 
5856 /*
5857  * ==========================================================================
5858  * Device manipulation
5859  * ==========================================================================
5860  */
5861 
5862 /*
5863  * Add a device to a storage pool.
5864  */
5865 int
5866 spa_vdev_add(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot)
5867 {
5868 	uint64_t txg, id;
5869 	int error;
5870 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
5871 	vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
5872 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
5873 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
5874 
5875 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
5876 
5877 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
5878 
5879 	if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
5880 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
5881 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
5882 
5883 	spa->spa_pending_vdev = vd;	/* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
5884 
5885 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares,
5886 	    &nspares) != 0)
5887 		nspares = 0;
5888 
5889 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache,
5890 	    &nl2cache) != 0)
5891 		nl2cache = 0;
5892 
5893 	if (vd->vdev_children == 0 && nspares == 0 && nl2cache == 0)
5894 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
5895 
5896 	if (vd->vdev_children != 0 &&
5897 	    (error = vdev_create(vd, txg, B_FALSE)) != 0)
5898 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
5899 
5900 	/*
5901 	 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
5902 	 * children.  Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
5903 	 */
5904 	if ((error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
5905 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
5906 
5907 	/*
5908 	 * If we are in the middle of a device removal, we can only add
5909 	 * devices which match the existing devices in the pool.
5910 	 * If we are in the middle of a removal, or have some indirect
5911 	 * vdevs, we can not add raidz toplevels.
5912 	 */
5913 	if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL ||
5914 	    spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_prev_indirect_vdev != -1) {
5915 		for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
5916 			tvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
5917 			if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL &&
5918 			    tvd->vdev_ashift != spa->spa_max_ashift) {
5919 				return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
5920 			}
5921 			/* Fail if top level vdev is raidz */
5922 			if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_raidz_ops) {
5923 				return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
5924 			}
5925 			/*
5926 			 * Need the top level mirror to be
5927 			 * a mirror of leaf vdevs only
5928 			 */
5929 			if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_mirror_ops) {
5930 				for (uint64_t cid = 0;
5931 				    cid < tvd->vdev_children; cid++) {
5932 					vdev_t *cvd = tvd->vdev_child[cid];
5933 					if (!cvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
5934 						return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd,
5935 						    txg, EINVAL));
5936 					}
5937 				}
5938 			}
5939 		}
5940 	}
5941 
5942 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
5943 
5944 		/*
5945 		 * Set the vdev id to the first hole, if one exists.
5946 		 */
5947 		for (id = 0; id < rvd->vdev_children; id++) {
5948 			if (rvd->vdev_child[id]->vdev_ishole) {
5949 				vdev_free(rvd->vdev_child[id]);
5950 				break;
5951 			}
5952 		}
5953 		tvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
5954 		vdev_remove_child(vd, tvd);
5955 		tvd->vdev_id = id;
5956 		vdev_add_child(rvd, tvd);
5957 		vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
5958 	}
5959 
5960 	if (nspares != 0) {
5961 		spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_spares, spares, nspares,
5962 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES);
5963 		spa_load_spares(spa);
5964 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5965 	}
5966 
5967 	if (nl2cache != 0) {
5968 		spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_l2cache, l2cache, nl2cache,
5969 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
5970 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
5971 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5972 	}
5973 
5974 	/*
5975 	 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
5976 	 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
5977 	 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
5978 	 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
5979 	 * can't translate.  Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
5980 	 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
5981 	 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
5982 	 *
5983 	 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
5984 	 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
5985 	 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
5986 	 */
5987 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
5988 
5989 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5990 	spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
5991 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD);
5992 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5993 
5994 	return (0);
5995 }
5996 
5997 /*
5998  * Attach a device to a mirror.  The arguments are the path to any device
5999  * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device.  If the path specifies
6000  * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev.
6001  *
6002  * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
6003  * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
6004  * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
6005  * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
6006  * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
6007  * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
6008  * is automatically detached.
6009  */
6010 int
6011 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, nvlist_t *nvroot, int replacing)
6012 {
6013 	uint64_t txg, dtl_max_txg;
6014 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6015 	vdev_t *oldvd, *newvd, *newrootvd, *pvd, *tvd;
6016 	vdev_ops_t *pvops;
6017 	char *oldvdpath, *newvdpath;
6018 	int newvd_isspare;
6019 	int error;
6020 
6021 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
6022 
6023 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
6024 
6025 	oldvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
6026 
6027 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
6028 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
6029 		error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
6030 		    ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
6031 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
6032 	}
6033 
6034 	if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL)
6035 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
6036 
6037 	if (oldvd == NULL)
6038 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
6039 
6040 	if (!oldvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
6041 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
6042 
6043 	pvd = oldvd->vdev_parent;
6044 
6045 	if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &newrootvd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
6046 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH)) != 0)
6047 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
6048 
6049 	if (newrootvd->vdev_children != 1)
6050 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
6051 
6052 	newvd = newrootvd->vdev_child[0];
6053 
6054 	if (!newvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
6055 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
6056 
6057 	if ((error = vdev_create(newrootvd, txg, replacing)) != 0)
6058 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, error));
6059 
6060 	/*
6061 	 * Spares can't replace logs
6062 	 */
6063 	if (oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_islog && newvd->vdev_isspare)
6064 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
6065 
6066 	if (!replacing) {
6067 		/*
6068 		 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root
6069 		 * vdev.
6070 		 */
6071 		if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
6072 		    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_root_ops)
6073 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
6074 
6075 		pvops = &vdev_mirror_ops;
6076 	} else {
6077 		/*
6078 		 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
6079 		 * spares.
6080 		 */
6081 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
6082 		    oldvd->vdev_isspare &&
6083 		    !spa_has_spare(spa, newvd->vdev_guid))
6084 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
6085 
6086 		/*
6087 		 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
6088 		 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare.  Otherwise, we
6089 		 * want to create a replacing vdev.  The user is not allowed to
6090 		 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
6091 		 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
6092 		 * non-spare).
6093 		 */
6094 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops &&
6095 		    spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE) {
6096 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
6097 		} else if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
6098 		    newvd->vdev_isspare != oldvd->vdev_isspare) {
6099 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
6100 		}
6101 
6102 		if (newvd->vdev_isspare)
6103 			pvops = &vdev_spare_ops;
6104 		else
6105 			pvops = &vdev_replacing_ops;
6106 	}
6107 
6108 	/*
6109 	 * Make sure the new device is big enough.
6110 	 */
6111 	if (newvd->vdev_asize < vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd))
6112 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EOVERFLOW));
6113 
6114 	/*
6115 	 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
6116 	 * than the top-level vdev.
6117 	 */
6118 	if (newvd->vdev_ashift > oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_ashift)
6119 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EDOM));
6120 
6121 	/*
6122 	 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
6123 	 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
6124 	 */
6125 	if (strcmp(oldvd->vdev_path, newvd->vdev_path) == 0) {
6126 		spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_path);
6127 		oldvd->vdev_path = kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd->vdev_path) + 5,
6128 		    KM_SLEEP);
6129 		(void) sprintf(oldvd->vdev_path, "%s/%s",
6130 		    newvd->vdev_path, "old");
6131 		if (oldvd->vdev_devid != NULL) {
6132 			spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_devid);
6133 			oldvd->vdev_devid = NULL;
6134 		}
6135 	}
6136 
6137 	/* mark the device being resilvered */
6138 	newvd->vdev_resilver_txg = txg;
6139 
6140 	/*
6141 	 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
6142 	 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
6143 	 */
6144 	if (pvd->vdev_ops != pvops)
6145 		pvd = vdev_add_parent(oldvd, pvops);
6146 
6147 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top->vdev_parent == rvd);
6148 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == pvops);
6149 	ASSERT(oldvd->vdev_parent == pvd);
6150 
6151 	/*
6152 	 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
6153 	 */
6154 	vdev_remove_child(newrootvd, newvd);
6155 	newvd->vdev_id = pvd->vdev_children;
6156 	newvd->vdev_crtxg = oldvd->vdev_crtxg;
6157 	vdev_add_child(pvd, newvd);
6158 
6159 	tvd = newvd->vdev_top;
6160 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top == tvd);
6161 	ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
6162 
6163 	vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
6164 
6165 	/*
6166 	 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
6167 	 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks.  It will propagate upward when
6168 	 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
6169 	 */
6170 	dtl_max_txg = txg + TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES;
6171 
6172 	vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd, DTL_MISSING, TXG_INITIAL,
6173 	    dtl_max_txg - TXG_INITIAL);
6174 
6175 	if (newvd->vdev_isspare) {
6176 		spa_spare_activate(newvd);
6177 		spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE);
6178 	}
6179 
6180 	oldvdpath = spa_strdup(oldvd->vdev_path);
6181 	newvdpath = spa_strdup(newvd->vdev_path);
6182 	newvd_isspare = newvd->vdev_isspare;
6183 
6184 	/*
6185 	 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
6186 	 */
6187 	vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, newvd, txg);
6188 
6189 	/*
6190 	 * Schedule the resilver to restart in the future. We do this to
6191 	 * ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the
6192 	 * respective datasets.
6193 	 */
6194 	dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, dtl_max_txg);
6195 
6196 	if (spa->spa_bootfs)
6197 		spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
6198 
6199 	spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
6200 
6201 	/*
6202 	 * Commit the config
6203 	 */
6204 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, dtl_max_txg, 0);
6205 
6206 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev attach", NULL,
6207 	    "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
6208 	    replacing && newvd_isspare ? "spare in" :
6209 	    replacing ? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath,
6210 	    replacing ? "for" : "to", oldvdpath);
6211 
6212 	spa_strfree(oldvdpath);
6213 	spa_strfree(newvdpath);
6214 
6215 	return (0);
6216 }
6217 
6218 /*
6219  * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
6220  *
6221  * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
6222  * is a replacing vdev.
6223  */
6224 int
6225 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t pguid, int replace_done)
6226 {
6227 	uint64_t txg;
6228 	int error;
6229 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6230 	vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *cvd, *tvd;
6231 	boolean_t unspare = B_FALSE;
6232 	uint64_t unspare_guid = 0;
6233 	char *vdpath;
6234 
6235 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
6236 
6237 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
6238 
6239 	vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
6240 
6241 	/*
6242 	 * Besides being called directly from the userland through the
6243 	 * ioctl interface, spa_vdev_detach() can be potentially called
6244 	 * at the end of spa_vdev_resilver_done().
6245 	 *
6246 	 * In the regular case, when we have a checkpoint this shouldn't
6247 	 * happen as we never empty the DTLs of a vdev during the scrub
6248 	 * [see comment in dsl_scan_done()]. Thus spa_vdev_resilvering_done()
6249 	 * should never get here when we have a checkpoint.
6250 	 *
6251 	 * That said, even in a case when we checkpoint the pool exactly
6252 	 * as spa_vdev_resilver_done() calls this function everything
6253 	 * should be fine as the resilver will return right away.
6254 	 */
6255 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
6256 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
6257 		error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
6258 		    ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
6259 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
6260 	}
6261 
6262 	if (vd == NULL)
6263 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
6264 
6265 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
6266 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
6267 
6268 	pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
6269 
6270 	/*
6271 	 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
6272 	 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
6273 	 * vdev that's replacing B with C.  The user's intent in replacing
6274 	 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C).  If the user decides to cancel
6275 	 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
6276 	 * M(A,B).  But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
6277 	 * the replacement of B completes.  We would have M(A,C), and then
6278 	 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
6279 	 * the user wanted.  To prevent this, we make sure that the
6280 	 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
6281 	 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
6282 	 */
6283 	if (pvd->vdev_guid != pguid && pguid != 0)
6284 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
6285 
6286 	/*
6287 	 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
6288 	 */
6289 	if (replace_done && pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
6290 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
6291 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
6292 
6293 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops ||
6294 	    spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
6295 
6296 	/*
6297 	 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
6298 	 */
6299 	if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
6300 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
6301 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
6302 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
6303 
6304 	/*
6305 	 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
6306 	 * we cannot safely detach it.
6307 	 */
6308 	if (vdev_dtl_required(vd))
6309 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
6310 
6311 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_children >= 2);
6312 
6313 	/*
6314 	 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
6315 	 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
6316 	 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach().  If so, undo that change now.
6317 	 */
6318 	if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops && vd->vdev_id > 0 &&
6319 	    vd->vdev_path != NULL) {
6320 		size_t len = strlen(vd->vdev_path);
6321 
6322 		for (int c = 0; c < pvd->vdev_children; c++) {
6323 			cvd = pvd->vdev_child[c];
6324 
6325 			if (cvd == vd || cvd->vdev_path == NULL)
6326 				continue;
6327 
6328 			if (strncmp(cvd->vdev_path, vd->vdev_path, len) == 0 &&
6329 			    strcmp(cvd->vdev_path + len, "/old") == 0) {
6330 				spa_strfree(cvd->vdev_path);
6331 				cvd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
6332 				break;
6333 			}
6334 		}
6335 	}
6336 
6337 	/*
6338 	 * If we are detaching the original disk from a spare, then it implies
6339 	 * that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed from the
6340 	 * active spare list for the pool.
6341 	 */
6342 	if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
6343 	    vd->vdev_id == 0 &&
6344 	    pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_isspare)
6345 		unspare = B_TRUE;
6346 
6347 	/*
6348 	 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
6349 	 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
6350 	 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
6351 	 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
6352 	 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
6353 	 * it's being detached!
6354 	 */
6355 	error = vdev_label_init(vd, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE);
6356 
6357 	/*
6358 	 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
6359 	 */
6360 	vdev_remove_child(pvd, vd);
6361 	vdev_compact_children(pvd);
6362 
6363 	/*
6364 	 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
6365 	 */
6366 	cvd = pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1];
6367 
6368 	/*
6369 	 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
6370 	 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
6371 	 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
6372 	 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID.  For a similar
6373 	 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
6374 	 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
6375 	 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
6376 	 */
6377 	if (unspare) {
6378 		ASSERT(cvd->vdev_isspare);
6379 		spa_spare_remove(cvd);
6380 		unspare_guid = cvd->vdev_guid;
6381 		(void) spa_vdev_remove(spa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
6382 		cvd->vdev_unspare = B_TRUE;
6383 	}
6384 
6385 	/*
6386 	 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
6387 	 * the parent is no longer needed.  Remove it from the tree.
6388 	 */
6389 	if (pvd->vdev_children == 1) {
6390 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops)
6391 			cvd->vdev_unspare = B_FALSE;
6392 		vdev_remove_parent(cvd);
6393 	}
6394 
6395 
6396 	/*
6397 	 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
6398 	 * may have been the previous top-level vdev.
6399 	 */
6400 	tvd = cvd->vdev_top;
6401 	ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
6402 
6403 	/*
6404 	 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
6405 	 */
6406 	vdev_propagate_state(cvd);
6407 
6408 	/*
6409 	 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
6410 	 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
6411 	 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
6412 	 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
6413 	 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
6414 	 */
6415 	if (spa->spa_autoexpand) {
6416 		vdev_reopen(tvd);
6417 		vdev_expand(tvd, txg);
6418 	}
6419 
6420 	vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
6421 
6422 	/*
6423 	 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg.  vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
6424 	 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
6425 	 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
6426 	 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
6427 	 */
6428 	vdpath = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
6429 	for (int t = 0; t < TXG_SIZE; t++)
6430 		(void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd->vdev_dtl_list, vd, t);
6431 	vd->vdev_detached = B_TRUE;
6432 	vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, vd, txg);
6433 
6434 	spa_event_notify(spa, vd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE);
6435 
6436 	/* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
6437 	spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
6438 
6439 	error = spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
6440 
6441 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", NULL,
6442 	    "vdev=%s", vdpath);
6443 	spa_strfree(vdpath);
6444 
6445 	/*
6446 	 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
6447 	 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
6448 	 * list of every other pool.
6449 	 */
6450 	if (unspare) {
6451 		spa_t *altspa = NULL;
6452 
6453 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6454 		while ((altspa = spa_next(altspa)) != NULL) {
6455 			if (altspa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
6456 			    altspa == spa)
6457 				continue;
6458 
6459 			spa_open_ref(altspa, FTAG);
6460 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6461 			(void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
6462 			mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6463 			spa_close(altspa, FTAG);
6464 		}
6465 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6466 
6467 		/* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
6468 		spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
6469 	}
6470 
6471 	/* all done with the spa; OK to release */
6472 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6473 	spa_close(spa, FTAG);
6474 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6475 
6476 	return (error);
6477 }
6478 
6479 int
6480 spa_vdev_initialize(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t cmd_type)
6481 {
6482 	/*
6483 	 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
6484 	 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
6485 	 * stopping initialization. The config and state locks are held so that
6486 	 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
6487 	 * the initializing operation.
6488 	 */
6489 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6490 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6491 
6492 	/* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
6493 	vdev_t *vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
6494 	if (vd == NULL || vd->vdev_detached) {
6495 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6496 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6497 		return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV));
6498 	} else if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) {
6499 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6500 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6501 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
6502 	} else if (!vdev_writeable(vd)) {
6503 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6504 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6505 		return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
6506 	}
6507 	mutex_enter(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
6508 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6509 
6510 	/*
6511 	 * When we activate an initialize action we check to see
6512 	 * if the vdev_initialize_thread is NULL. We do this instead
6513 	 * of using the vdev_initialize_state since there might be
6514 	 * a previous initialization process which has completed but
6515 	 * the thread is not exited.
6516 	 */
6517 	if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_DO &&
6518 	    (vd->vdev_initialize_thread != NULL ||
6519 	    vd->vdev_top->vdev_removing)) {
6520 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
6521 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6522 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
6523 	} else if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL &&
6524 	    (vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE &&
6525 	    vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED)) {
6526 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
6527 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6528 		return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH));
6529 	} else if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND &&
6530 	    vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE) {
6531 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
6532 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6533 		return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH));
6534 	}
6535 
6536 	switch (cmd_type) {
6537 	case POOL_INITIALIZE_DO:
6538 		vdev_initialize(vd);
6539 		break;
6540 	case POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL:
6541 		vdev_initialize_stop(vd, VDEV_INITIALIZE_CANCELED);
6542 		break;
6543 	case POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND:
6544 		vdev_initialize_stop(vd, VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED);
6545 		break;
6546 	default:
6547 		panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type);
6548 	}
6549 	mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
6550 
6551 	/* Sync out the initializing state */
6552 	txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
6553 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6554 
6555 	return (0);
6556 }
6557 
6558 
6559 /*
6560  * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
6561  */
6562 int
6563 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t *spa, char *newname, nvlist_t *config,
6564     nvlist_t *props, boolean_t exp)
6565 {
6566 	int error = 0;
6567 	uint64_t txg, *glist;
6568 	spa_t *newspa;
6569 	uint_t c, children, lastlog;
6570 	nvlist_t **child, *nvl, *tmp;
6571 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
6572 	char *altroot = NULL;
6573 	vdev_t *rvd, **vml = NULL;			/* vdev modify list */
6574 	boolean_t activate_slog;
6575 
6576 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
6577 
6578 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
6579 
6580 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
6581 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
6582 		error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
6583 		    ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
6584 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
6585 	}
6586 
6587 	/* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
6588 	activate_slog = spa_passivate_log(spa);
6589 	(void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
6590 	error = spa_reset_logs(spa);
6591 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
6592 
6593 	if (activate_slog)
6594 		spa_activate_log(spa);
6595 
6596 	if (error != 0)
6597 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
6598 
6599 	/* check new spa name before going any further */
6600 	if (spa_lookup(newname) != NULL)
6601 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EEXIST));
6602 
6603 	/*
6604 	 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
6605 	 */
6606 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvl) != 0 ||
6607 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, &child,
6608 	    &children) != 0)
6609 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
6610 
6611 	/* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
6612 	rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6613 	lastlog = 0;
6614 	for (c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
6615 		vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
6616 
6617 		/* don't count the holes & logs as children */
6618 		if (vd->vdev_islog || !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) {
6619 			if (lastlog == 0)
6620 				lastlog = c;
6621 			continue;
6622 		}
6623 
6624 		lastlog = 0;
6625 	}
6626 	if (children != (lastlog != 0 ? lastlog : rvd->vdev_children))
6627 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
6628 
6629 	/* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
6630 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &tmp) == 0 ||
6631 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &tmp) == 0)
6632 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
6633 
6634 	vml = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
6635 	glist = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP);
6636 
6637 	/* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
6638 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
6639 		uint64_t is_hole = 0;
6640 
6641 		(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE,
6642 		    &is_hole);
6643 
6644 		if (is_hole != 0) {
6645 			if (spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ishole ||
6646 			    spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_islog) {
6647 				continue;
6648 			} else {
6649 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
6650 				break;
6651 			}
6652 		}
6653 
6654 		/* which disk is going to be split? */
6655 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
6656 		    &glist[c]) != 0) {
6657 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
6658 			break;
6659 		}
6660 
6661 		/* look it up in the spa */
6662 		vml[c] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[c], B_FALSE);
6663 		if (vml[c] == NULL) {
6664 			error = SET_ERROR(ENODEV);
6665 			break;
6666 		}
6667 
6668 		/* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
6669 		if (vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops ||
6670 		    vml[c]->vdev_islog ||
6671 		    !vdev_is_concrete(vml[c]) ||
6672 		    vml[c]->vdev_isspare ||
6673 		    vml[c]->vdev_isl2cache ||
6674 		    !vdev_writeable(vml[c]) ||
6675 		    vml[c]->vdev_children != 0 ||
6676 		    vml[c]->vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY ||
6677 		    c != spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_id) {
6678 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
6679 			break;
6680 		}
6681 
6682 		if (vdev_dtl_required(vml[c])) {
6683 			error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY);
6684 			break;
6685 		}
6686 
6687 		/* we need certain info from the top level */
6688 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY,
6689 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_array) == 0);
6690 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT,
6691 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_shift) == 0);
6692 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE,
6693 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_asize) == 0);
6694 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT,
6695 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ashift) == 0);
6696 
6697 		/* transfer per-vdev ZAPs */
6698 		ASSERT3U(vml[c]->vdev_leaf_zap, !=, 0);
6699 		VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c],
6700 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_LEAF_ZAP, vml[c]->vdev_leaf_zap));
6701 
6702 		ASSERT3U(vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_top_zap, !=, 0);
6703 		VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c],
6704 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TOP_ZAP,
6705 		    vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_top_zap));
6706 	}
6707 
6708 	if (error != 0) {
6709 		kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
6710 		kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
6711 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
6712 	}
6713 
6714 	/* stop writers from using the disks */
6715 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
6716 		if (vml[c] != NULL)
6717 			vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_TRUE;
6718 	}
6719 	vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6720 
6721 	/*
6722 	 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config.  This
6723 	 * will disappear once the config is regenerated.
6724 	 */
6725 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvl, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
6726 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
6727 	    glist, children) == 0);
6728 	kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
6729 
6730 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
6731 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT,
6732 	    nvl) == 0);
6733 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
6734 	spa->spa_config_splitting = nvl;
6735 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6736 
6737 	/* configure and create the new pool */
6738 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, newname) == 0);
6739 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
6740 	    exp ? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED : POOL_STATE_ACTIVE) == 0);
6741 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
6742 	    spa_version(spa)) == 0);
6743 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
6744 	    spa->spa_config_txg) == 0);
6745 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
6746 	    spa_generate_guid(NULL)) == 0);
6747 	VERIFY0(nvlist_add_boolean(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS));
6748 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
6749 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
6750 
6751 	/* add the new pool to the namespace */
6752 	newspa = spa_add(newname, config, altroot);
6753 	newspa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD;
6754 	newspa->spa_config_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
6755 	spa_set_log_state(newspa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
6756 
6757 	/* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
6758 	spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
6759 
6760 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
6761 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 1);
6762 
6763 	spa_activate(newspa, spa_mode_global);
6764 	spa_async_suspend(newspa);
6765 
6766 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
6767 		if (vml[c] != NULL) {
6768 			/*
6769 			 * Temporarily stop the initializing activity. We set
6770 			 * the state to ACTIVE so that we know to resume
6771 			 * the initializing once the split has completed.
6772 			 */
6773 			mutex_enter(&vml[c]->vdev_initialize_lock);
6774 			vdev_initialize_stop(vml[c], VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE);
6775 			mutex_exit(&vml[c]->vdev_initialize_lock);
6776 		}
6777 	}
6778 
6779 #ifndef illumos
6780 	/* mark that we are creating new spa by splitting */
6781 	newspa->spa_splitting_newspa = B_TRUE;
6782 #endif
6783 	newspa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SPLIT;
6784 
6785 	/* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
6786 	error = spa_load(newspa, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE);
6787 #ifndef illumos
6788 	newspa->spa_splitting_newspa = B_FALSE;
6789 #endif
6790 	if (error)
6791 		goto out;
6792 
6793 	/* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
6794 	if (newspa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
6795 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&newspa->spa_config_splitting,
6796 		    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
6797 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(newspa->spa_config_splitting,
6798 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID, spa_guid(spa)) == 0);
6799 		spa_config_set(newspa, spa_config_generate(newspa, NULL, -1ULL,
6800 		    B_TRUE));
6801 	}
6802 
6803 	/* set the props */
6804 	if (props != NULL) {
6805 		spa_configfile_set(newspa, props, B_FALSE);
6806 		error = spa_prop_set(newspa, props);
6807 		if (error)
6808 			goto out;
6809 	}
6810 
6811 	/* flush everything */
6812 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa);
6813 	vdev_config_dirty(newspa->spa_root_vdev);
6814 	(void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
6815 
6816 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
6817 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 2);
6818 
6819 	spa_async_resume(newspa);
6820 
6821 	/* finally, update the original pool's config */
6822 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
6823 	tx = dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa)->dp_mos_dir);
6824 	error = dmu_tx_assign(tx, TXG_WAIT);
6825 	if (error != 0)
6826 		dmu_tx_abort(tx);
6827 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
6828 		if (vml[c] != NULL) {
6829 			vdev_split(vml[c]);
6830 			if (error == 0)
6831 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", tx,
6832 				    "vdev=%s", vml[c]->vdev_path);
6833 
6834 			vdev_free(vml[c]);
6835 		}
6836 	}
6837 	spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD;
6838 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6839 	spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
6840 	nvlist_free(nvl);
6841 	if (error == 0)
6842 		dmu_tx_commit(tx);
6843 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0);
6844 
6845 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
6846 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 3);
6847 
6848 	/* split is complete; log a history record */
6849 	spa_history_log_internal(newspa, "split", NULL,
6850 	    "from pool %s", spa_name(spa));
6851 
6852 	kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
6853 
6854 	/* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
6855 	if (exp)
6856 		error = spa_export_common(newname, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, NULL,
6857 		    B_FALSE, B_FALSE);
6858 
6859 	return (error);
6860 
6861 out:
6862 	spa_unload(newspa);
6863 	spa_deactivate(newspa);
6864 	spa_remove(newspa);
6865 
6866 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
6867 
6868 	/* re-online all offlined disks */
6869 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
6870 		if (vml[c] != NULL)
6871 			vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
6872 	}
6873 
6874 	/* restart initializing disks as necessary */
6875 	spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART);
6876 
6877 	vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6878 
6879 	nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
6880 	spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
6881 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error);
6882 
6883 	kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
6884 	return (error);
6885 }
6886 
6887 /*
6888  * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
6889  * currently spared, so we can detach it.
6890  */
6891 static vdev_t *
6892 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t *vd)
6893 {
6894 	vdev_t *newvd, *oldvd;
6895 
6896 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
6897 		oldvd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd->vdev_child[c]);
6898 		if (oldvd != NULL)
6899 			return (oldvd);
6900 	}
6901 
6902 	/*
6903 	 * Check for a completed replacement.  We always consider the first
6904 	 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
6905 	 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works).  In
6906 	 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
6907 	 * remove it after a resilver completes.  This is OK as it will require
6908 	 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
6909 	 */
6910 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops) {
6911 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_children > 1);
6912 
6913 		newvd = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
6914 		oldvd = vd->vdev_child[0];
6915 
6916 		if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
6917 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
6918 		    !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
6919 			return (oldvd);
6920 	}
6921 
6922 	/*
6923 	 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
6924 	 * Also potentially update faulted state.
6925 	 */
6926 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops) {
6927 		vdev_t *first = vd->vdev_child[0];
6928 		vdev_t *last = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
6929 
6930 		if (last->vdev_unspare) {
6931 			oldvd = first;
6932 			newvd = last;
6933 		} else if (first->vdev_unspare) {
6934 			oldvd = last;
6935 			newvd = first;
6936 		} else {
6937 			oldvd = NULL;
6938 		}
6939 
6940 		if (oldvd != NULL &&
6941 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
6942 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
6943 		    !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
6944 			return (oldvd);
6945 
6946 		vdev_propagate_state(vd);
6947 
6948 		/*
6949 		 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
6950 		 * and those spares are not required, then we want to
6951 		 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
6952 		 * by other pools.  Once we're back down to a single
6953 		 * disk+spare, we stop removing them.
6954 		 */
6955 		if (vd->vdev_children > 2) {
6956 			newvd = vd->vdev_child[1];
6957 
6958 			if (newvd->vdev_isspare && last->vdev_isspare &&
6959 			    vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_MISSING) &&
6960 			    vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
6961 			    !vdev_dtl_required(newvd))
6962 				return (newvd);
6963 		}
6964 	}
6965 
6966 	return (NULL);
6967 }
6968 
6969 static void
6970 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa)
6971 {
6972 	vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *ppvd;
6973 	uint64_t guid, sguid, pguid, ppguid;
6974 
6975 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6976 
6977 	while ((vd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa->spa_root_vdev)) != NULL) {
6978 		pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
6979 		ppvd = pvd->vdev_parent;
6980 		guid = vd->vdev_guid;
6981 		pguid = pvd->vdev_guid;
6982 		ppguid = ppvd->vdev_guid;
6983 		sguid = 0;
6984 		/*
6985 		 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
6986 		 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
6987 		 * spare) as well.
6988 		 */
6989 		if (ppvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && pvd->vdev_id == 0 &&
6990 		    ppvd->vdev_children == 2) {
6991 			ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops);
6992 			sguid = ppvd->vdev_child[1]->vdev_guid;
6993 		}
6994 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_resilver_txg == 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd));
6995 
6996 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
6997 		if (spa_vdev_detach(spa, guid, pguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
6998 			return;
6999 		if (sguid && spa_vdev_detach(spa, sguid, ppguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
7000 			return;
7001 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
7002 	}
7003 
7004 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
7005 }
7006 
7007 /*
7008  * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
7009  */
7010 int
7011 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *value,
7012     boolean_t ispath)
7013 {
7014 	vdev_t *vd;
7015 	boolean_t sync = B_FALSE;
7016 
7017 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
7018 
7019 	spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_ALL);
7020 
7021 	if ((vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_TRUE)) == NULL)
7022 		return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOENT));
7023 
7024 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
7025 		return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOTSUP));
7026 
7027 	if (ispath) {
7028 		if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_path) != 0) {
7029 			spa_strfree(vd->vdev_path);
7030 			vd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(value);
7031 			sync = B_TRUE;
7032 		}
7033 	} else {
7034 		if (vd->vdev_fru == NULL) {
7035 			vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
7036 			sync = B_TRUE;
7037 		} else if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_fru) != 0) {
7038 			spa_strfree(vd->vdev_fru);
7039 			vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
7040 			sync = B_TRUE;
7041 		}
7042 	}
7043 
7044 	return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, sync ? vd : NULL, 0));
7045 }
7046 
7047 int
7048 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newpath)
7049 {
7050 	return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newpath, B_TRUE));
7051 }
7052 
7053 int
7054 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newfru)
7055 {
7056 	return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newfru, B_FALSE));
7057 }
7058 
7059 /*
7060  * ==========================================================================
7061  * SPA Scanning
7062  * ==========================================================================
7063  */
7064 int
7065 spa_scrub_pause_resume(spa_t *spa, pool_scrub_cmd_t cmd)
7066 {
7067 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
7068 
7069 	if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool))
7070 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
7071 
7072 	return (dsl_scrub_set_pause_resume(spa->spa_dsl_pool, cmd));
7073 }
7074 
7075 int
7076 spa_scan_stop(spa_t *spa)
7077 {
7078 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
7079 	if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool))
7080 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
7081 	return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa->spa_dsl_pool));
7082 }
7083 
7084 int
7085 spa_scan(spa_t *spa, pool_scan_func_t func)
7086 {
7087 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
7088 
7089 	if (func >= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS || func == POOL_SCAN_NONE)
7090 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
7091 
7092 	/*
7093 	 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
7094 	 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
7095 	 */
7096 	if (func == POOL_SCAN_RESILVER &&
7097 	    !vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL)) {
7098 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE);
7099 		return (0);
7100 	}
7101 
7102 	return (dsl_scan(spa->spa_dsl_pool, func));
7103 }
7104 
7105 /*
7106  * ==========================================================================
7107  * SPA async task processing
7108  * ==========================================================================
7109  */
7110 
7111 static void
7112 spa_async_remove(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
7113 {
7114 	if (vd->vdev_remove_wanted) {
7115 		vd->vdev_remove_wanted = B_FALSE;
7116 		vd->vdev_delayed_close = B_FALSE;
7117 		vdev_set_state(vd, B_FALSE, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED, VDEV_AUX_NONE);
7118 
7119 		/*
7120 		 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
7121 		 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
7122 		 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
7123 		 * device, all of which is a waste.
7124 		 */
7125 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_read_errors = 0;
7126 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_write_errors = 0;
7127 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_checksum_errors = 0;
7128 
7129 		vdev_state_dirty(vd->vdev_top);
7130 		/* Tell userspace that the vdev is gone. */
7131 		zfs_post_remove(spa, vd);
7132 	}
7133 
7134 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
7135 		spa_async_remove(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
7136 }
7137 
7138 static void
7139 spa_async_probe(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
7140 {
7141 	if (vd->vdev_probe_wanted) {
7142 		vd->vdev_probe_wanted = B_FALSE;
7143 		vdev_reopen(vd);	/* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
7144 	}
7145 
7146 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
7147 		spa_async_probe(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
7148 }
7149 
7150 static void
7151 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
7152 {
7153 	sysevent_id_t eid;
7154 	nvlist_t *attr;
7155 	char *physpath;
7156 
7157 	if (!spa->spa_autoexpand)
7158 		return;
7159 
7160 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
7161 		vdev_t *cvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
7162 		spa_async_autoexpand(spa, cvd);
7163 	}
7164 
7165 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || vd->vdev_physpath == NULL)
7166 		return;
7167 
7168 	physpath = kmem_zalloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
7169 	(void) snprintf(physpath, MAXPATHLEN, "/devices%s", vd->vdev_physpath);
7170 
7171 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&attr, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
7172 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(attr, DEV_PHYS_PATH, physpath) == 0);
7173 
7174 	(void) ddi_log_sysevent(zfs_dip, SUNW_VENDOR, EC_DEV_STATUS,
7175 	    ESC_ZFS_VDEV_AUTOEXPAND, attr, &eid, DDI_SLEEP);
7176 
7177 	nvlist_free(attr);
7178 	kmem_free(physpath, MAXPATHLEN);
7179 }
7180 
7181 static void
7182 spa_async_thread(void *arg)
7183 {
7184 	spa_t *spa = (spa_t *)arg;
7185 	int tasks;
7186 
7187 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on);
7188 
7189 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7190 	tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
7191 	spa->spa_async_tasks &= SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE;
7192 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7193 
7194 	/*
7195 	 * See if the config needs to be updated.
7196 	 */
7197 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE) {
7198 		uint64_t old_space, new_space;
7199 
7200 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7201 		old_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
7202 		spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
7203 		new_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
7204 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7205 
7206 		/*
7207 		 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
7208 		 * then log an internal history event.
7209 		 */
7210 		if (new_space != old_space) {
7211 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev online", NULL,
7212 			    "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
7213 			    spa_name(spa), new_space, new_space - old_space);
7214 		}
7215 	}
7216 
7217 	if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND) && !spa_suspended(spa)) {
7218 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
7219 		spa_async_autoexpand(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
7220 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
7221 	}
7222 
7223 	/*
7224 	 * See if any devices need to be probed.
7225 	 */
7226 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_PROBE) {
7227 		spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
7228 		spa_async_probe(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
7229 		(void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
7230 	}
7231 
7232 	/*
7233 	 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
7234 	 */
7235 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE)
7236 		spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
7237 
7238 	/*
7239 	 * Kick off a resilver.
7240 	 */
7241 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER)
7242 		dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
7243 
7244 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART) {
7245 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7246 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
7247 		vdev_initialize_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7248 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
7249 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7250 	}
7251 
7252 	/*
7253 	 * Let the world know that we're done.
7254 	 */
7255 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7256 	spa->spa_async_thread = NULL;
7257 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv);
7258 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7259 	thread_exit();
7260 }
7261 
7262 static void
7263 spa_async_thread_vd(void *arg)
7264 {
7265 	spa_t *spa = arg;
7266 	int tasks;
7267 
7268 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7269 	tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
7270 retry:
7271 	spa->spa_async_tasks &= ~SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE;
7272 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7273 
7274 	/*
7275 	 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
7276 	 */
7277 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) {
7278 		spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
7279 		spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
7280 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++)
7281 			spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
7282 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
7283 			spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
7284 		(void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
7285 	}
7286 
7287 	/*
7288 	 * Let the world know that we're done.
7289 	 */
7290 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7291 	tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
7292 	if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) != 0)
7293 		goto retry;
7294 	spa->spa_async_thread_vd = NULL;
7295 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv);
7296 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7297 	thread_exit();
7298 }
7299 
7300 void
7301 spa_async_suspend(spa_t *spa)
7302 {
7303 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7304 	spa->spa_async_suspended++;
7305 	while (spa->spa_async_thread != NULL ||
7306 	    spa->spa_async_thread_vd != NULL)
7307 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_async_cv, &spa->spa_async_lock);
7308 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7309 
7310 	spa_vdev_remove_suspend(spa);
7311 
7312 	zthr_t *condense_thread = spa->spa_condense_zthr;
7313 	if (condense_thread != NULL && zthr_isrunning(condense_thread))
7314 		VERIFY0(zthr_cancel(condense_thread));
7315 
7316 	zthr_t *discard_thread = spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr;
7317 	if (discard_thread != NULL && zthr_isrunning(discard_thread))
7318 		VERIFY0(zthr_cancel(discard_thread));
7319 }
7320 
7321 void
7322 spa_async_resume(spa_t *spa)
7323 {
7324 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7325 	ASSERT(spa->spa_async_suspended != 0);
7326 	spa->spa_async_suspended--;
7327 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7328 	spa_restart_removal(spa);
7329 
7330 	zthr_t *condense_thread = spa->spa_condense_zthr;
7331 	if (condense_thread != NULL && !zthr_isrunning(condense_thread))
7332 		zthr_resume(condense_thread);
7333 
7334 	zthr_t *discard_thread = spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr;
7335 	if (discard_thread != NULL && !zthr_isrunning(discard_thread))
7336 		zthr_resume(discard_thread);
7337 }
7338 
7339 static boolean_t
7340 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t *spa)
7341 {
7342 	uint_t non_config_tasks;
7343 	uint_t config_task;
7344 	boolean_t config_task_suspended;
7345 
7346 	non_config_tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks & ~(SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE |
7347 	    SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE);
7348 	config_task = spa->spa_async_tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE;
7349 	if (spa->spa_ccw_fail_time == 0) {
7350 		config_task_suspended = B_FALSE;
7351 	} else {
7352 		config_task_suspended =
7353 		    (gethrtime() - spa->spa_ccw_fail_time) <
7354 		    (zfs_ccw_retry_interval * NANOSEC);
7355 	}
7356 
7357 	return (non_config_tasks || (config_task && !config_task_suspended));
7358 }
7359 
7360 static void
7361 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t *spa)
7362 {
7363 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7364 	if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa) &&
7365 	    !spa->spa_async_suspended &&
7366 	    spa->spa_async_thread == NULL &&
7367 	    rootdir != NULL)
7368 		spa->spa_async_thread = thread_create(NULL, 0,
7369 		    spa_async_thread, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri);
7370 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7371 }
7372 
7373 static void
7374 spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa_t *spa)
7375 {
7376 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7377 	if ((spa->spa_async_tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) != 0 &&
7378 	    !spa->spa_async_suspended &&
7379 	    spa->spa_async_thread_vd == NULL &&
7380 	    rootdir != NULL)
7381 		spa->spa_async_thread_vd = thread_create(NULL, 0,
7382 		    spa_async_thread_vd, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri);
7383 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7384 }
7385 
7386 void
7387 spa_async_request(spa_t *spa, int task)
7388 {
7389 	zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa->spa_name, task);
7390 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7391 	spa->spa_async_tasks |= task;
7392 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
7393 	spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa);
7394 }
7395 
7396 /*
7397  * ==========================================================================
7398  * SPA syncing routines
7399  * ==========================================================================
7400  */
7401 
7402 static int
7403 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7404 {
7405 	bpobj_t *bpo = arg;
7406 	bpobj_enqueue(bpo, bp, tx);
7407 	return (0);
7408 }
7409 
7410 static int
7411 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7412 {
7413 	zio_t *zio = arg;
7414 
7415 	zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(zio, zio->io_spa, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), bp,
7416 	    BP_GET_PSIZE(bp), zio->io_flags));
7417 	return (0);
7418 }
7419 
7420 /*
7421  * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
7422  * amount of time spent syncing frees.
7423  */
7424 static void
7425 spa_sync_frees(spa_t *spa, bplist_t *bpl, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7426 {
7427 	zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
7428 	bplist_iterate(bpl, spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx);
7429 	VERIFY(zio_wait(zio) == 0);
7430 }
7431 
7432 /*
7433  * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
7434  * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees.
7435  */
7436 static void
7437 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7438 {
7439 	zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
7440 	VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
7441 	    spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx), ==, 0);
7442 	VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio));
7443 }
7444 
7445 
7446 static void
7447 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t *nv, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7448 {
7449 	char *packed = NULL;
7450 	size_t bufsize;
7451 	size_t nvsize = 0;
7452 	dmu_buf_t *db;
7453 
7454 	VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR) == 0);
7455 
7456 	/*
7457 	 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
7458 	 * information.  This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and
7459 	 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
7460 	 */
7461 	bufsize = P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE);
7462 	packed = kmem_alloc(bufsize, KM_SLEEP);
7463 
7464 	VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv, &packed, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR,
7465 	    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
7466 	bzero(packed + nvsize, bufsize - nvsize);
7467 
7468 	dmu_write(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, bufsize, packed, tx);
7469 
7470 	kmem_free(packed, bufsize);
7471 
7472 	VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db));
7473 	dmu_buf_will_dirty(db, tx);
7474 	*(uint64_t *)db->db_data = nvsize;
7475 	dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
7476 }
7477 
7478 static void
7479 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t *spa, spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, dmu_tx_t *tx,
7480     const char *config, const char *entry)
7481 {
7482 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
7483 	nvlist_t **list;
7484 	int i;
7485 
7486 	if (!sav->sav_sync)
7487 		return;
7488 
7489 	/*
7490 	 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
7491 	 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
7492 	 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
7493 	 */
7494 	if (sav->sav_object == 0) {
7495 		sav->sav_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7496 		    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE,
7497 		    sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
7498 		VERIFY(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7499 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, entry, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
7500 		    &sav->sav_object, tx) == 0);
7501 	}
7502 
7503 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
7504 	if (sav->sav_count == 0) {
7505 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, NULL, 0) == 0);
7506 	} else {
7507 		list = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
7508 		for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
7509 			list[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa, sav->sav_vdevs[i],
7510 			    B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
7511 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, list,
7512 		    sav->sav_count) == 0);
7513 		for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
7514 			nvlist_free(list[i]);
7515 		kmem_free(list, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
7516 	}
7517 
7518 	spa_sync_nvlist(spa, sav->sav_object, nvroot, tx);
7519 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
7520 
7521 	sav->sav_sync = B_FALSE;
7522 }
7523 
7524 /*
7525  * Rebuild spa's all-vdev ZAP from the vdev ZAPs indicated in each vdev_t.
7526  * The all-vdev ZAP must be empty.
7527  */
7528 static void
7529 spa_avz_build(vdev_t *vd, uint64_t avz, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7530 {
7531 	spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa;
7532 	if (vd->vdev_top_zap != 0) {
7533 		VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, avz,
7534 		    vd->vdev_top_zap, tx));
7535 	}
7536 	if (vd->vdev_leaf_zap != 0) {
7537 		VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, avz,
7538 		    vd->vdev_leaf_zap, tx));
7539 	}
7540 	for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
7541 		spa_avz_build(vd->vdev_child[i], avz, tx);
7542 	}
7543 }
7544 
7545 static void
7546 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7547 {
7548 	nvlist_t *config;
7549 
7550 	/*
7551 	 * If the pool is being imported from a pre-per-vdev-ZAP version of ZFS,
7552 	 * its config may not be dirty but we still need to build per-vdev ZAPs.
7553 	 * Similarly, if the pool is being assembled (e.g. after a split), we
7554 	 * need to rebuild the AVZ although the config may not be dirty.
7555 	 */
7556 	if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list) &&
7557 	    spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_NONE)
7558 		return;
7559 
7560 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
7561 
7562 	ASSERT(spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_NONE ||
7563 	    spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE ||
7564 	    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps != 0);
7565 
7566 	if (spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD) {
7567 		/* Make and build the new AVZ */
7568 		uint64_t new_avz = zap_create(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7569 		    DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA, DMU_OT_NONE, 0, tx);
7570 		spa_avz_build(spa->spa_root_vdev, new_avz, tx);
7571 
7572 		/* Diff old AVZ with new one */
7573 		zap_cursor_t zc;
7574 		zap_attribute_t za;
7575 
7576 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
7577 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps);
7578 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
7579 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
7580 			uint64_t vdzap = za.za_first_integer;
7581 			if (zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, new_avz,
7582 			    vdzap) == ENOENT) {
7583 				/*
7584 				 * ZAP is listed in old AVZ but not in new one;
7585 				 * destroy it
7586 				 */
7587 				VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, vdzap,
7588 				    tx));
7589 			}
7590 		}
7591 
7592 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
7593 
7594 		/* Destroy the old AVZ */
7595 		VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7596 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, tx));
7597 
7598 		/* Replace the old AVZ in the dir obj with the new one */
7599 		VERIFY0(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7600 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP,
7601 		    sizeof (new_avz), 1, &new_avz, tx));
7602 
7603 		spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = new_avz;
7604 	} else if (spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY) {
7605 		zap_cursor_t zc;
7606 		zap_attribute_t za;
7607 
7608 		/* Walk through the AVZ and destroy all listed ZAPs */
7609 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
7610 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps);
7611 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
7612 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
7613 			uint64_t zap = za.za_first_integer;
7614 			VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, zap, tx));
7615 		}
7616 
7617 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
7618 
7619 		/* Destroy and unlink the AVZ itself */
7620 		VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7621 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, tx));
7622 		VERIFY0(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7623 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, tx));
7624 		spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = 0;
7625 	}
7626 
7627 	if (spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps == 0) {
7628 		spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = zap_create_link(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7629 		    DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
7630 		    DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, tx);
7631 	}
7632 	spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_NONE;
7633 
7634 	/* Create ZAPs for vdevs that don't have them. */
7635 	vdev_construct_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev, tx);
7636 
7637 	config = spa_config_generate(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev,
7638 	    dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), B_FALSE);
7639 
7640 	/*
7641 	 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
7642 	 * the config object gets updated with the correct version.
7643 	 */
7644 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version)
7645 		fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
7646 		    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
7647 
7648 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
7649 
7650 	nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_syncing);
7651 	spa->spa_config_syncing = config;
7652 
7653 	spa_sync_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, config, tx);
7654 }
7655 
7656 static void
7657 spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7658 {
7659 	uint64_t *versionp = arg;
7660 	uint64_t version = *versionp;
7661 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
7662 
7663 	/*
7664 	 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
7665 	 */
7666 	ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL);
7667 
7668 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
7669 	ASSERT(version >= spa_version(spa));
7670 
7671 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
7672 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7673 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, "version=%lld", version);
7674 }
7675 
7676 /*
7677  * Set zpool properties.
7678  */
7679 static void
7680 spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7681 {
7682 	nvlist_t *nvp = arg;
7683 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
7684 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
7685 	nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
7686 
7687 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
7688 
7689 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem))) {
7690 		uint64_t intval;
7691 		char *strval, *fname;
7692 		zpool_prop_t prop;
7693 		const char *propname;
7694 		zprop_type_t proptype;
7695 		spa_feature_t fid;
7696 
7697 		switch (prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem))) {
7698 		case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL:
7699 			/*
7700 			 * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate().
7701 			 */
7702 			ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
7703 
7704 			fname = strchr(nvpair_name(elem), '@') + 1;
7705 			VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname, &fid));
7706 
7707 			spa_feature_enable(spa, fid, tx);
7708 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
7709 			    "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem));
7710 			break;
7711 
7712 		case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
7713 			intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
7714 			/*
7715 			 * The version is synced seperatly before other
7716 			 * properties and should be correct by now.
7717 			 */
7718 			ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa), >=, intval);
7719 			break;
7720 
7721 		case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT:
7722 			/*
7723 			 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
7724 			 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
7725 			 */
7726 			ASSERT(spa->spa_root != NULL);
7727 			break;
7728 
7729 		case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY:
7730 		case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
7731 			/*
7732 			 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persisitent
7733 			 * properties.
7734 			 */
7735 			break;
7736 		case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
7737 			strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
7738 			if (spa->spa_comment != NULL)
7739 				spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
7740 			spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(strval);
7741 			/*
7742 			 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
7743 			 * so that their labels get updated.  It's unnecessary
7744 			 * to do this for pool creation since the vdev's
7745 			 * configuratoin has already been dirtied.
7746 			 */
7747 			if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
7748 				vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7749 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
7750 			    "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
7751 			break;
7752 		default:
7753 			/*
7754 			 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
7755 			 */
7756 			if (spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
7757 				spa->spa_pool_props_object =
7758 				    zap_create_link(mos, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS,
7759 				    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_PROPS,
7760 				    tx);
7761 			}
7762 
7763 			/* normalize the property name */
7764 			propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
7765 			proptype = zpool_prop_get_type(prop);
7766 
7767 			if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_STRING) {
7768 				ASSERT(proptype == PROP_TYPE_STRING);
7769 				strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
7770 				VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
7771 				    spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
7772 				    1, strlen(strval) + 1, strval, tx));
7773 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
7774 				    "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
7775 			} else if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
7776 				intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
7777 
7778 				if (proptype == PROP_TYPE_INDEX) {
7779 					const char *unused;
7780 					VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
7781 					    prop, intval, &unused));
7782 				}
7783 				VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
7784 				    spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
7785 				    8, 1, &intval, tx));
7786 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
7787 				    "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem), intval);
7788 			} else {
7789 				ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
7790 			}
7791 
7792 			switch (prop) {
7793 			case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
7794 				spa->spa_delegation = intval;
7795 				break;
7796 			case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
7797 				spa->spa_bootfs = intval;
7798 				break;
7799 			case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
7800 				spa->spa_failmode = intval;
7801 				break;
7802 			case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
7803 				spa->spa_autoexpand = intval;
7804 				if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
7805 					spa_async_request(spa,
7806 					    SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
7807 				break;
7808 			case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO:
7809 				spa->spa_dedup_ditto = intval;
7810 				break;
7811 			default:
7812 				break;
7813 			}
7814 		}
7815 
7816 	}
7817 
7818 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
7819 }
7820 
7821 /*
7822  * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes.  spa_version() does not
7823  * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
7824  * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
7825  * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
7826  * tasks.
7827  */
7828 static void
7829 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
7830 {
7831 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
7832 
7833 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_pass == 1);
7834 
7835 	rrw_enter(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, RW_WRITER, FTAG);
7836 
7837 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN &&
7838 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN) {
7839 		dsl_pool_create_origin(dp, tx);
7840 
7841 		/* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
7842 		spa->spa_minref += 3;
7843 	}
7844 
7845 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES &&
7846 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES) {
7847 		dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp, tx);
7848 	}
7849 
7850 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES &&
7851 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES) {
7852 		dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp, tx);
7853 
7854 		/* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
7855 		spa->spa_minref += 3;
7856 	}
7857 
7858 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_FEATURES &&
7859 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
7860 		spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
7861 	}
7862 
7863 	/*
7864 	 * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable
7865 	 * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added
7866 	 * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have
7867 	 * this feature active
7868 	 */
7869 	if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
7870 		boolean_t lz4_en = spa_feature_is_enabled(spa,
7871 		    SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
7872 		boolean_t lz4_ac = spa_feature_is_active(spa,
7873 		    SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
7874 
7875 		if (lz4_en && !lz4_ac)
7876 			spa_feature_incr(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS, tx);
7877 	}
7878 
7879 	/*
7880 	 * If we haven't written the salt, do so now.  Note that the
7881 	 * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since
7882 	 * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible.
7883 	 */
7884 	if (zap_contains(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
7885 	    DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT) == ENOENT) {
7886 		VERIFY0(zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
7887 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
7888 		    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
7889 		    spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes, tx));
7890 	}
7891 
7892 	rrw_exit(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, FTAG);
7893 }
7894 
7895 static void
7896 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vdev_t *vd)
7897 {
7898 	vdev_indirect_mapping_t *vim = vd->vdev_indirect_mapping;
7899 	vdev_indirect_births_t *vib = vd->vdev_indirect_births;
7900 
7901 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_indirect_ops) {
7902 		ASSERT(vim != NULL);
7903 		ASSERT(vib != NULL);
7904 	}
7905 
7906 	if (vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd) != 0) {
7907 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm != NULL);
7908 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_removing ||
7909 		    vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_indirect_ops);
7910 		ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_num_entries(vim) > 0);
7911 		ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim) > 0);
7912 
7913 		ASSERT3U(vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd), ==,
7914 		    space_map_object(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm));
7915 		ASSERT3U(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim), >=,
7916 		    space_map_allocated(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm));
7917 	}
7918 	ASSERT(vd->vdev_obsolete_segments != NULL);
7919 
7920 	/*
7921 	 * Since frees / remaps to an indirect vdev can only
7922 	 * happen in syncing context, the obsolete segments
7923 	 * tree must be empty when we start syncing.
7924 	 */
7925 	ASSERT0(range_tree_space(vd->vdev_obsolete_segments));
7926 }
7927 
7928 /*
7929  * Sync the specified transaction group.  New blocks may be dirtied as
7930  * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
7931  */
7932 void
7933 spa_sync(spa_t *spa, uint64_t txg)
7934 {
7935 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
7936 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
7937 	bplist_t *free_bpl = &spa->spa_free_bplist[txg & TXG_MASK];
7938 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
7939 	vdev_t *vd;
7940 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
7941 	int error;
7942 	uint32_t max_queue_depth = zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active *
7943 	    zfs_vdev_queue_depth_pct / 100;
7944 
7945 	VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa));
7946 
7947 	/*
7948 	 * Wait for i/os issued in open context that need to complete
7949 	 * before this txg syncs.
7950 	 */
7951 	(void) zio_wait(spa->spa_txg_zio[txg & TXG_MASK]);
7952 	spa->spa_txg_zio[txg & TXG_MASK] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
7953 	    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL);
7954 
7955 	/*
7956 	 * Lock out configuration changes.
7957 	 */
7958 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
7959 
7960 	spa->spa_syncing_txg = txg;
7961 	spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
7962 
7963 	for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
7964 		mutex_enter(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]);
7965 		VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_alloc_trees[i]));
7966 		mutex_exit(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]);
7967 	}
7968 
7969 	/*
7970 	 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
7971 	 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
7972 	 */
7973 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
7974 	while (list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list) != NULL) {
7975 		/*
7976 		 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
7977 		 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
7978 		 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
7979 		 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
7980 		 * into the root vdev tree.
7981 		 */
7982 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
7983 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
7984 		while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list)) != NULL) {
7985 			vdev_state_clean(vd);
7986 			vdev_config_dirty(vd);
7987 		}
7988 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
7989 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
7990 	}
7991 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
7992 
7993 	tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
7994 
7995 	spa->spa_sync_starttime = gethrtime();
7996 #ifdef illumos
7997 	VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid,
7998 	    spa->spa_sync_starttime + spa->spa_deadman_synctime));
7999 #else	/* !illumos */
8000 #ifdef _KERNEL
8001 	callout_schedule(&spa->spa_deadman_cycid,
8002 	    hz * spa->spa_deadman_synctime / NANOSEC);
8003 #endif
8004 #endif	/* illumos */
8005 
8006 	/*
8007 	 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
8008 	 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
8009 	 */
8010 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE &&
8011 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
8012 		int i;
8013 
8014 		for (i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) {
8015 			vd = rvd->vdev_child[i];
8016 			if (vd->vdev_deflate_ratio != SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE)
8017 				break;
8018 		}
8019 		if (i == rvd->vdev_children) {
8020 			spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
8021 			VERIFY(0 == zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8022 			    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
8023 			    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx));
8024 		}
8025 	}
8026 
8027 	/*
8028 	 * Set the top-level vdev's max queue depth. Evaluate each
8029 	 * top-level's async write queue depth in case it changed.
8030 	 * The max queue depth will not change in the middle of syncing
8031 	 * out this txg.
8032 	 */
8033 	uint64_t slots_per_allocator = 0;
8034 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
8035 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
8036 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
8037 
8038 		if (mg == NULL || mg->mg_class != spa_normal_class(spa) ||
8039 		    !metaslab_group_initialized(mg))
8040 			continue;
8041 
8042 		/*
8043 		 * It is safe to do a lock-free check here because only async
8044 		 * allocations look at mg_max_alloc_queue_depth, and async
8045 		 * allocations all happen from spa_sync().
8046 		 */
8047 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++)
8048 			ASSERT0(refcount_count(&(mg->mg_alloc_queue_depth[i])));
8049 		mg->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth = max_queue_depth;
8050 
8051 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
8052 			mg->mg_cur_max_alloc_queue_depth[i] =
8053 			    zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth;
8054 		}
8055 		slots_per_allocator += zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth;
8056 	}
8057 	metaslab_class_t *mc = spa_normal_class(spa);
8058 	for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
8059 		ASSERT0(refcount_count(&mc->mc_alloc_slots[i]));
8060 		mc->mc_alloc_max_slots[i] = slots_per_allocator;
8061 	}
8062 	mc->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled;
8063 
8064 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
8065 		vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
8066 		vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vd);
8067 
8068 		if (vdev_indirect_should_condense(vd)) {
8069 			spa_condense_indirect_start_sync(vd, tx);
8070 			break;
8071 		}
8072 	}
8073 
8074 	/*
8075 	 * Iterate to convergence.
8076 	 */
8077 	do {
8078 		int pass = ++spa->spa_sync_pass;
8079 
8080 		spa_sync_config_object(spa, tx);
8081 		spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_spares, tx,
8082 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DMU_POOL_SPARES);
8083 		spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_l2cache, tx,
8084 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE);
8085 		spa_errlog_sync(spa, txg);
8086 		dsl_pool_sync(dp, txg);
8087 
8088 		if (pass < zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free) {
8089 			spa_sync_frees(spa, free_bpl, tx);
8090 		} else {
8091 			/*
8092 			 * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because
8093 			 * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1.
8094 			 */
8095 			ASSERT3U(pass, >, 1);
8096 			bplist_iterate(free_bpl, bpobj_enqueue_cb,
8097 			    &spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, tx);
8098 		}
8099 
8100 		ddt_sync(spa, txg);
8101 		dsl_scan_sync(dp, tx);
8102 
8103 		if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL)
8104 			svr_sync(spa, tx);
8105 
8106 		while ((vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg))
8107 		    != NULL)
8108 			vdev_sync(vd, txg);
8109 
8110 		if (pass == 1) {
8111 			spa_sync_upgrades(spa, tx);
8112 			ASSERT3U(txg, >=,
8113 			    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth);
8114 			/*
8115 			 * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty
8116 			 * because we could have marked the MOS dirty
8117 			 * without updating the uberblock (e.g. if we
8118 			 * have sync tasks but no dirty user data).  We
8119 			 * need to check the uberblock's rootbp because
8120 			 * it is updated if we have synced out dirty
8121 			 * data (though in this case the MOS will most
8122 			 * likely also be dirty due to second order
8123 			 * effects, we don't want to rely on that here).
8124 			 */
8125 			if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth < txg &&
8126 			    !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg)) {
8127 				/*
8128 				 * Nothing changed on the first pass,
8129 				 * therefore this TXG is a no-op.  Avoid
8130 				 * syncing deferred frees, so that we
8131 				 * can keep this TXG as a no-op.
8132 				 */
8133 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets,
8134 				    txg));
8135 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
8136 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_sync_tasks, txg));
8137 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_early_sync_tasks,
8138 				    txg));
8139 				break;
8140 			}
8141 			spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa, tx);
8142 		}
8143 
8144 	} while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg));
8145 
8146 	if (!list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) {
8147 		/*
8148 		 * Make sure that the number of ZAPs for all the vdevs matches
8149 		 * the number of ZAPs in the per-vdev ZAP list. This only gets
8150 		 * called if the config is dirty; otherwise there may be
8151 		 * outstanding AVZ operations that weren't completed in
8152 		 * spa_sync_config_object.
8153 		 */
8154 		uint64_t all_vdev_zap_entry_count;
8155 		ASSERT0(zap_count(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8156 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, &all_vdev_zap_entry_count));
8157 		ASSERT3U(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev), ==,
8158 		    all_vdev_zap_entry_count);
8159 	}
8160 
8161 	if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL) {
8162 		ASSERT0(spa->spa_vdev_removal->svr_bytes_done[txg & TXG_MASK]);
8163 	}
8164 
8165 	/*
8166 	 * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock)
8167 	 * to commit the transaction group.
8168 	 *
8169 	 * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few
8170 	 * random top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the
8171 	 * config cache (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description).
8172 	 * If there *are* dirty vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
8173 	 */
8174 	for (;;) {
8175 		/*
8176 		 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
8177 		 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
8178 		 */
8179 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
8180 
8181 		if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) {
8182 			vdev_t *svd[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS] = { NULL };
8183 			int svdcount = 0;
8184 			int children = rvd->vdev_children;
8185 			int c0 = spa_get_random(children);
8186 
8187 			for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
8188 				vd = rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children];
8189 
8190 				/* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
8191 				if (c > 0 && svd[0] == vd)
8192 					break;
8193 
8194 				if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 || vd->vdev_islog ||
8195 				    !vdev_is_concrete(vd))
8196 					continue;
8197 
8198 				svd[svdcount++] = vd;
8199 				if (svdcount == SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS)
8200 					break;
8201 			}
8202 			error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, txg);
8203 		} else {
8204 			error = vdev_config_sync(rvd->vdev_child,
8205 			    rvd->vdev_children, txg);
8206 		}
8207 
8208 		if (error == 0)
8209 			spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid;
8210 
8211 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
8212 
8213 		if (error == 0)
8214 			break;
8215 		zio_suspend(spa, NULL);
8216 		zio_resume_wait(spa);
8217 	}
8218 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
8219 
8220 #ifdef illumos
8221 	VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid, CY_INFINITY));
8222 #else	/* !illumos */
8223 #ifdef _KERNEL
8224 	callout_drain(&spa->spa_deadman_cycid);
8225 #endif
8226 #endif	/* illumos */
8227 
8228 	/*
8229 	 * Clear the dirty config list.
8230 	 */
8231 	while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) != NULL)
8232 		vdev_config_clean(vd);
8233 
8234 	/*
8235 	 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
8236 	 * let it become visible to the config cache.
8237 	 */
8238 	if (spa->spa_config_syncing != NULL) {
8239 		spa_config_set(spa, spa->spa_config_syncing);
8240 		spa->spa_config_txg = txg;
8241 		spa->spa_config_syncing = NULL;
8242 	}
8243 
8244 	dsl_pool_sync_done(dp, txg);
8245 
8246 	for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
8247 		mutex_enter(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]);
8248 		VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_alloc_trees[i]));
8249 		mutex_exit(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]);
8250 	}
8251 
8252 	/*
8253 	 * Update usable space statistics.
8254 	 */
8255 	while ((vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, TXG_CLEAN(txg)))
8256 	    != NULL)
8257 		vdev_sync_done(vd, txg);
8258 
8259 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
8260 
8261 	/*
8262 	 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
8263 	 * since vdev_config_sync().
8264 	 */
8265 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets, txg));
8266 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
8267 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg));
8268 
8269 	while (zfs_pause_spa_sync)
8270 		delay(1);
8271 
8272 	spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
8273 
8274 	/*
8275 	 * Update the last synced uberblock here. We want to do this at
8276 	 * the end of spa_sync() so that consumers of spa_last_synced_txg()
8277 	 * will be guaranteed that all the processing associated with
8278 	 * that txg has been completed.
8279 	 */
8280 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
8281 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
8282 
8283 	spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa);
8284 
8285 	/*
8286 	 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
8287 	 */
8288 	spa_async_dispatch(spa);
8289 	spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa);
8290 }
8291 
8292 /*
8293  * Sync all pools.  We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
8294  * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
8295  * sync.
8296  */
8297 void
8298 spa_sync_allpools(void)
8299 {
8300 	spa_t *spa = NULL;
8301 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8302 	while ((spa = spa_next(spa)) != NULL) {
8303 		if (spa_state(spa) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
8304 		    !spa_writeable(spa) || spa_suspended(spa))
8305 			continue;
8306 		spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
8307 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8308 		txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
8309 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8310 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
8311 	}
8312 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8313 }
8314 
8315 /*
8316  * ==========================================================================
8317  * Miscellaneous routines
8318  * ==========================================================================
8319  */
8320 
8321 /*
8322  * Remove all pools in the system.
8323  */
8324 void
8325 spa_evict_all(void)
8326 {
8327 	spa_t *spa;
8328 
8329 	/*
8330 	 * Remove all cached state.  All pools should be closed now,
8331 	 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
8332 	 */
8333 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8334 	while ((spa = spa_next(NULL)) != NULL) {
8335 		/*
8336 		 * Stop async tasks.  The async thread may need to detach
8337 		 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
8338 		 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
8339 		 */
8340 		spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
8341 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8342 		spa_async_suspend(spa);
8343 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8344 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
8345 
8346 		if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
8347 			spa_unload(spa);
8348 			spa_deactivate(spa);
8349 		}
8350 		spa_remove(spa);
8351 	}
8352 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8353 }
8354 
8355 vdev_t *
8356 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, boolean_t aux)
8357 {
8358 	vdev_t *vd;
8359 	int i;
8360 
8361 	if ((vd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa->spa_root_vdev, guid)) != NULL)
8362 		return (vd);
8363 
8364 	if (aux) {
8365 		for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
8366 			vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i];
8367 			if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
8368 				return (vd);
8369 		}
8370 
8371 		for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
8372 			vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
8373 			if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
8374 				return (vd);
8375 		}
8376 	}
8377 
8378 	return (NULL);
8379 }
8380 
8381 void
8382 spa_upgrade(spa_t *spa, uint64_t version)
8383 {
8384 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
8385 
8386 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
8387 
8388 	/*
8389 	 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
8390 	 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
8391 	 * possible.
8392 	 */
8393 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version));
8394 	ASSERT3U(version, >=, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
8395 
8396 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
8397 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
8398 
8399 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
8400 
8401 	txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
8402 }
8403 
8404 boolean_t
8405 spa_has_spare(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid)
8406 {
8407 	int i;
8408 	uint64_t spareguid;
8409 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
8410 
8411 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
8412 		if (sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid == guid)
8413 			return (B_TRUE);
8414 
8415 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_npending; i++) {
8416 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav->sav_pending[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
8417 		    &spareguid) == 0 && spareguid == guid)
8418 			return (B_TRUE);
8419 	}
8420 
8421 	return (B_FALSE);
8422 }
8423 
8424 /*
8425  * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
8426  * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
8427  */
8428 static boolean_t
8429 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa)
8430 {
8431 	int i, refcnt;
8432 	uint64_t pool;
8433 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
8434 
8435 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
8436 		if (spa_spare_exists(sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid, &pool,
8437 		    &refcnt) && pool != 0ULL && pool == spa_guid(spa) &&
8438 		    refcnt > 2)
8439 			return (B_TRUE);
8440 	}
8441 
8442 	return (B_FALSE);
8443 }
8444 
8445 sysevent_t *
8446 spa_event_create(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, nvlist_t *hist_nvl, const char *name)
8447 {
8448 	sysevent_t		*ev = NULL;
8449 #ifdef _KERNEL
8450 	sysevent_attr_list_t	*attr = NULL;
8451 	sysevent_value_t	value;
8452 
8453 	ev = sysevent_alloc(EC_ZFS, (char *)name, SUNW_KERN_PUB "zfs",
8454 	    SE_SLEEP);
8455 	ASSERT(ev != NULL);
8456 
8457 	value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING;
8458 	value.value.sv_string = spa_name(spa);
8459 	if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_NAME, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
8460 		goto done;
8461 
8462 	value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64;
8463 	value.value.sv_uint64 = spa_guid(spa);
8464 	if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_GUID, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
8465 		goto done;
8466 
8467 	if (vd) {
8468 		value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64;
8469 		value.value.sv_uint64 = vd->vdev_guid;
8470 		if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_GUID, &value,
8471 		    SE_SLEEP) != 0)
8472 			goto done;
8473 
8474 		if (vd->vdev_path) {
8475 			value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING;
8476 			value.value.sv_string = vd->vdev_path;
8477 			if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_PATH,
8478 			    &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
8479 				goto done;
8480 		}
8481 	}
8482 
8483 	if (hist_nvl != NULL) {
8484 		fnvlist_merge((nvlist_t *)attr, hist_nvl);
8485 	}
8486 
8487 	if (sysevent_attach_attributes(ev, attr) != 0)
8488 		goto done;
8489 	attr = NULL;
8490 
8491 done:
8492 	if (attr)
8493 		sysevent_free_attr(attr);
8494 
8495 #endif
8496 	return (ev);
8497 }
8498 
8499 void
8500 spa_event_post(sysevent_t *ev)
8501 {
8502 #ifdef _KERNEL
8503 	sysevent_id_t		eid;
8504 
8505 	(void) log_sysevent(ev, SE_SLEEP, &eid);
8506 	sysevent_free(ev);
8507 #endif
8508 }
8509 
8510 void
8511 spa_event_discard(sysevent_t *ev)
8512 {
8513 #ifdef _KERNEL
8514 	sysevent_free(ev);
8515 #endif
8516 }
8517 
8518 /*
8519  * Post a sysevent corresponding to the given event.  The 'name' must be one of
8520  * the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h.  The payload will be
8521  * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev and history nvl.  This
8522  * doesn't do anything in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to
8523  * misinterpret ztest or zdb as real changes.
8524  */
8525 void
8526 spa_event_notify(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, nvlist_t *hist_nvl, const char *name)
8527 {
8528 	spa_event_post(spa_event_create(spa, vd, hist_nvl, name));
8529 }
8530